MEMOIRS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA MELBOURNE (World List abbrev. Mem. nat. Mus. Vict.) No. 25 Issued Ist May, 1962 C. W. BRAZENOR, DIRECTOR Published by Order of the Trustees MELBOURNE MEMOIRS NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA MELBOURNE (World List abbrev. Mem. nat. Mus. Vict.) No. 25 Issued Ist May, 1962 C. W. BRAZENOR, DIRECTOR Published by Order of the Trustees MELBOURNE NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA TRUSTEES Professor E. S. HiLLs, Ph.D. ERS, DIC. DSC, FEAA HENRY G. A. OSBORNE, EsQ., B.Acn.Sc. (Deputy Chairman). GEORGE FINLAY, Esq. O.B.E., L.D.S, BDS, F.D.S, ROS (Edin.). Sir FRED THORPE, M.C., E.D. (Treasurer). Sir ARTHUR STEPHENSON, C.M.G., M.C. Professor S. SUNDERLAND, C.M.G., D.Sc, M.D, BS, FRACS, F.R.A.C.P., F.A.A. JAMES C. F. WHARTON, Esq., B.Sc. Secretary to the Trustees: WILLIAM McCALL, E.D. STAFF DIRECTOR CHARLES W. BRAZENOR. ASSISTANT DIRECTOR A. N. Burns, M.Sc. ADMINISTRATION Secretary to the Director: M. J. C. MALONE. Clerk: Py J; REIDY. Typistes: Rosin M. E. WALSH. G. Mary Kay. CATHERINE R. WARDLEY, SCIENTIFIC STAFF Geology and Palaeontology: Curator of Fossils: E. D. GILL, B.A., B.D., F.GS., Curator of Minerals: A. W. BEASLEY, Ph.D., M.Sc., D.I.C., F.G.S. Assistants: R. R. BULL, B.Sc. H. E. WILKINSON. Vertebrate Zoology: Curator of Mammals: R. M. RYAN, B.A. (Calif.). Curator of Birds: A. R. McEvEY, B.A. Assistant: A. J. COVENTRY. Invertebrate Zoology: Curator of Insects: A. N. BURNS, M.Sc., F.R.E.S. Curator of Molluscs: J. Hope MACPHERSON, M.Sc. Assistant Curator of Insects: A. NEBOISS, M.Sc., F.R.E.S. Assistants: PATRICIA M. HOGGART. ELIZABETH M. MATHESON. Anthropology: Curator of Anthropology: A. MASSOLA, F.R.A.I. Library: Librarian: Joyce M. SHAW, B.A. STAFF —continued. PREPARATORIAL STAFF Preparators: P CR BOSWELL: L. J. CHAPMAN. M. G. TRAYNOR. A. STEN. General Assistant: J. CLEMENTS. HONORARY ASSOCIATES Geology and Palaeontology: Palaeontology: A. A. BAKER, Esq. Aw GC. COLLINS ESA Dr. ISABEL C. COOKSON. Mrs. E. M. DAVIES. B. TINDALE, Esq. Mineralogy: Dr. GEORGE BAKER. S. R. MITCHELL, Esq. Zoology: Ornithology: C. AUSTIN, Esq. R. P. CooPER, Esq. N. J. FAVALORO, Esq. N. F. LEARMONTH, Esq. Herpetology: C. TANNER, Esq. Conchology: J. CROFTS, Esq. C. J. GABRIEL, Esq. Entomology: Dr. P. B. Moore. E. T. SMITH, Esq. Arachnology: L. S. G. BUTLER, Esq. R. A. DUNN, Esq. Anthropology: Anthropology: H. R. BALFOUR, Esq. TDNPACEGASESORESO S. R. MITCHELL, Esq. Photography: Photography: BALCOMBE QUICK, Esq. CONTENTS. PAGE Siphamia zaribae Whitley (Fam. Ge eget with some Observations on its Ecology by R. J. Slack-Smith x ; : A. Small Collection of Fish from Macquarie Island by R. J. Slack-Smith Accretionary Growth Structures, South-west Victorian Coast by George Baker Catalogue of Middle Palaeozoic Types and Figured Specimens in the National Museum of Victoria A Edmund D. Gill assisted py E. M. Davies and J. J. Jenkin Description of Victorian Nudibranchiate Molluses, with a Comprehensive Review of the Eolidacea by Robert Burn ee - M On the New Pleurobranch Piera Berthellmae ee Cosi coda) by Robert Burn = Notes on a Collection of Nudibranchia from South Australia by Robert Burn Trochus obtusa Confusion by J. Hope Macpherson New Name for Murex expinosus by J. Hope Macpherson Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Eastern Australia “a C. J. Gabriel : A Review of the Cypraeidae genus Notocypraea by R. J. Griffiths The Linnaean Haliolis varia in Australia by Robert R. Talmadge Notes on Distribution and Descriptions of New Species (Orders Odonata, Plecoptera, Orthoptera, Trichoptera, and Coleoptera) by A. Neboiss Revision of the Genus Arunta (Cicadidae) by A. N. Burns Revision of the Genus Thopha (Cicadidae) by A. N. Burns 13 17 49 95 129 149 173 176 177 SEPA . 283 . 243 . 259 25209 NI ARD vi ON SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY 7 SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY (FAMILY APOGONIDAE), WITH SOME OBSERVATIONS ON ITS ECOLOGY. R. J. Slack-Smith, Department of Zoology, University of Queensland, Brisbane. I. INTRODUOTION. During ecological studies at Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef (Lat. 23? 27' Long. 151? 58) Dr. R. Endean of the Department of Zoology, University of Queensland observed a small fish living commensally amongst the spines of the urchin Echinothrix calmaris (Pallas). On 24th August, 1957, the author collected 23 specimens at Heron Island from this host. They were determined to be a previously undeseribed species of Siphamia. A description was prepared but just prior to its submission for publication, Whitley's brief description and name was received by the author (Whitley, 1959). As this account contains observations on the ecology of this species as well as an independently prepared full description and illustration, it is here submitted with appropriate alterations. This species is particularly noteworthy as it is the first record of commensalism in this genus. The record of this species from Australia greatly enlarges the known distribution of the genus which has been previously illustrated by Smith (1955, p. 62, fig. 1). Indeed, careful faunistie studies will undoubtedly show that it is a truly tropical Indo- Pacific genus. 8 ON SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY II. DESCRIPTION. Family APOGONIDA E. Subfamily SIPHAMIINA E. Genus STPHAMIA Weber. Siphamia Weber 1909, p. 168 (Genotype Siphamia tubifer Weber); Fowler & Bean 1930, p. 142; Shultz et. al. 1953, p. 414-29; Smith 1955, p. 61-6. Figure l.—Siphamia zaribae Whitley. 24 mm. specimen, Reg. No. A 150, National Museum of Victoria, from Heron Island, Queensland. Shultz et. al. (1953) have revised the genus Siphamia and have constructed a comprehensive key to the species. This revision has been commented on by Smith (1955) who further divides this subfamily into the genera Siphamia Weber, Scopelapogon Whitley (1933) and Adenapogon McCulloch (1921). The genus Siphamia as defined by Smith (1955) has not previously been recorded from Australia. SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY. Siphamia zaribae Whitley 1959, Aust. Zool. 12, 4, p. 323. All material was collected from one specimen of Echinothrix calmaris. This was found on the outer reef flat of the northern reef at Heron Island amongst dead coral and rubble on 24th August, 1957. The fish were observed in association with this species of urchin in other outer reef-flat localities but were not collected. D: VI; D? I, 9; fourth spine longest and thickest, second 0-3—0-5 in first second and third about equal. A. II, 9; second spine 0-6 in first. Cab als: vii- moderately forked, least length at fork about 1-5 in greatest length to caudal flexure; 1-5 in head. Least height of caudal peduncle 2-4 in greatest peduncle length. P. 15; 4-2 to 4-3 in standard length; rounded. V,L5; second ray longest. Greatest depth 2-2 to 2-7 in standard length; head 2-2 to 2-4, depth of head 0.9 to 1-1. Snout 4-9 to 5-5 in head; eye 2-7; 1.1 in interorbital Maxillary reaches to about 0-6 in eye; length 1-8 to 2-0 in head: expansion 4-5 to 5-5 in head. Teeth in villiform bands in jaws, on vomers and palatines Vomer prominent. Interorbital convex, 2-7 to 3 in head. Preopercular ridge entire; edge denticulated, teeth longest at angle. Gill rakers 1 + T5 long and slender. Tongue thick and pointed. i ON SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY 9 Scales in 20 vertical rows to caudal base, 1 or 2 more on latter; 5 predorsal; 2 rows above lateral line, 7 below; 1 or 2 rows on cheek; deciduous. Snout naked. Scales with 9 basal striae. Lateral line indistinct, about 20 pores visible. Peritoneal gland reaches to base of caudal in adults, not so far in juveniles (reaches just past anal base in 12-0 mm juvenile). Colour.—Body and head densely covered with (fully or partially contracted) melanophores, the overall colour varying from complete black to grey with a black stipple. Three more or less distinct horizontal bands on tail; the first follows the posterior portion of the lateral line, the second the mid-axis of the peduncle and the third is formed by the completely black peritoneal gland on the ventral portion of the peduncle. Some smaller specimens show an indistinct spot at the caudal base. In life, small red chromatophores are also present on the body and fins and their combination with the melanophores produces the deep red-black colouration similar to that of the host. On preservation in formalin these red chromatophores fade to very indistinct darker edged white spots. Caudal and pectorals hyaline. Basal two-thirds of first dorsal, basal third of second dorsal and anal dark black-brown. Iris dark. S. earibae differs from the remainder of this genus in having only 6 dorsal spines. It resembles S. arygrogaster in having 9 anal rays. It is unique in having a completely black peritoneal gland. Material: Nat. Mus. Victoria Reg. No. A.150, 1 specimen, 20 mm. in standard length; Nat. Mus. Victoria Reg. No. A.151, 7 specimens, 18-5 mm. to 9:5 mm.; Aust. Mus. Sydney Reg. No. IB.4129, IB.4132; 6 specimens, 18-0 mm. to 11 mm. ; Queensland Mus. Brisbane Reg. Nos. I.8154-1.8160, 7 specimens 18 mm. to 10-5 mm. III. Ecoroacv. A number of examples of commensalism of varying degrees of intimacy have been observed amongst reef fish. A loose association occurs between a number of small pomacentrids and various corals; particularly between Pomacentrus sufflavus Whitley and Porites andrewsi Vaughan and Acropora breugga- manni (Brook) (Slack-Smith ms). As the yellow colour of this fish blended well with the similar colour of the corals it is probable that this association is concerned with protective colouration and is not a true example of commensalism. Patton (personal communication) records that several species of Gobiodon occurred commensally in pairs amongst branches of the corals Pocillopora damicornis (Linné) and Porites andrewsi. These fish were rarely observed outside the corals. Closer com- mensalism occurs between Amphiprion spp. and various large reef anemones. A. percula (Lacépède) is confined to Stoichactis kenti (Haddon and Shackleton) and A. melonopus Bleeker and A. bicinctus Ruppell to Stoichactis haddoni (Saville-Kent) (Saville-Kent 1893). 10 ON SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY On the Great Barrier Reef Carapus homei (Richardson) lives commensally in the rectum of Holothuria mamimifera Saville-Kent (Saville-Kent, 1893 and Roughley, 1936) and on the Hawaiian reefs a similar relationship occurs between Cerea pis homei and various holothuria (Tinker, 1944). Shultz (1948) records 2 species of Carapidae from the Samoan and Phoenix Islands but does not mention if they were taken from holothuria. le Danois (1957) illustrates the shrimp fish Aeoliseus stringatus (Günther) swimming amongst the long spines of the urchin Diadema sp. This association is not very close as these fish are frequently observed away from the urchin. Paramia bipunctata Lachner have been recorded between the spines of Diadema sp. from the Red Sea (Lachner, 1955). This is the first record of commensalism between an apogonid and an urchin. Lachner used the term ** inquilinism ” for this particular relationship. Undisturbed Siphamia zaribae were observed to swim around the basal half of the spines of Echinothrir, blending almost perfeetly with its red-black colouration. However, when the host was disturbed they swam towards its corona and lay parallel to its spines. Violent disturbanee of the urchin was necessary to make them move from this position, in fact, many still remained when it was taken from the water. This behaviour made collec- tion of specimens a simple matter. If the fish alone were returned to the water they darted into the shadows of the nearest cover and remained hidden until the host was thrown back, They then immediately swam back to their former positions amongst the spines, Although these fish have not been observed feeding it is most unlikely that they move far from their host under normal conditions. IV. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. Thanks are due to Professor W. Stephenson, Dr. M. C. Bleakly and Mr. D. J. Woodland for helpful criticism and adviee in the preparation of the manuscript. This research was financed from Commonwealth Research monies of the University of Queensland. V. REFERENCES. Fowler, H. W., and Bean, B. A. (1930).—The fishes of the families Amiidae Chandidae, Duleidae, and Serranidae obtained by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer ‘ Albatross” in 1907 and 1910, chiefly in the Philippine Islands and the adjacent areas. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 100 10: 1-334. : ON SIPHAMIA ZARIBAE WHITLEY "a Lachner, E. A. (1955).—Inquilinism and new record for Paramia bipunctata, a cardinal fish from the Red Sea. Copeia (1): 53-4. leDanois, (1957).—' Fishes of the World.” pp. 1-190. (Harrap, London.) MeCulloch, A. R. (1921).—Studies in Australian fishes. No. 7. Rec. Aust. Mus. Sydney. 13: 123-42, pls. XXI-XXIV. Roughley, T. C. (1936).—‘‘ Wonders of the Great Barrier Reef." pp. i-xiii, 1-282. (Angus & Robertson, Sydney.) Savile-Kent, W. (1893).—' The Great Barrier Reef of Australia: Its products and potentialities.” P.p. xvii + list of plates + 387. (W. H. Allen & Co. Ltd. London.) Shultz, L. P. (1943).—Fishes of the Phoenix and Samoan Islands collected in 1939 during the expedition of the U.S.S. “Bushnell”. U.S. Nat. Mus. Buni NS) Eve c atre DI TTA pp: Shultz, L. P. Herald, E. S.; Lachner, E. A.; Welander, A. D.; and Woods, L. P. (1953).—Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 202, 1, xxxii + 1-685 pp. Slack-Smith, R. J. (in ms.).—The ecology and distribution of fish species on the reef flat at Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef. Smith, J. L. B. (1955).—Siphamiine fishes from South Africa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 12. 8, No. 85, p. 61-6, pl. 1. Tinker, S. W. (1944).—' Hawaiian fishes." pp. 1-404. (Tongg Publishing Co., Honolulu.) Weber, M. C. W. (1909).—Diagnosen neuer Fishe der Siboga— Expedition. Notes Leyden Jentink Mus. 31: 143-69. Whitley, G. P. (1933).—Studies in ichthyology. No. T. Rec. Aust. Mus. Sydney 19: 60-112, pls. XI-XV, text figs. Whitley, G. P. (1959).—Ichthyological snippets Aust. Zool. 12: 310-23, figs. 1-3. FISH FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND 13 A SMALL COLLECTION OF FISH FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND. R. J. Slack-Smith Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, Victoria. I. [NTRODUCTION. Macquarie Island (Lat. 54° 13’ S., Long. 158° 59’ E.) is a small island situated approximately 850 miles south-south-east of Hobart, Tasmania, in the Southern Ocean. Since 1948 the Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition (ANARE) has maintained a scientific station at the northern end of the island. In December 1959 Miss J. Hope Macpherson, Curator of Molluses at the National Museum of Victoria, and Miss Isobel Bennett, Scientific Assistant to the Professor of Zoology at the University of Sydney accompanied the ANARE relief expedition to Macquarie Island aboard the M.V. ‘‘ Thala Dan ” for the purpose of carrying out ecological studies. During the five-day period spent on the island 26 fish specimens were either collected by these two workers or presented to them by Mr. D. Smith, a member of the ANARE scientific staff. All the specimens were collected from a limited area adjacent to the ANARE station. Although all species in this collection have been previously recorded from Macquarie Island, this paper presents a further record, certain comments, and a guide to the relevant literature which it is hoped will be a starting point for future ichthyological work in this area. All specimens are housed in the National Museum of Victoria and the registered numbers are given. II. FisHes COLLECTED. Family MYCTOPHIDAE (lantern fishes). Genus MYCTOPHUM Rafinesque, 1810. MYCTOPHUM SUBASPERUM (Günther). Scopelus subasper Gunther 1864, p. 411. Myctophum subasperum Waite 1916, p. 59, pl. 4, fig. 2, fig. 13; Norman 1930, p. 323, fig. 29. Nat. Mus. Vic. Reg. No. A.153, 1 specimen 90 mm. in total length. Collected by D. Smith from a rock pool in Garden Cove after a storm during June, 1959. This specimen was identified by Dr. R. L. Bolin of the John Hopkins Marine Laboratory, California. 14 FISH FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND MYCTOPHUM SP. JUV. Nat. Mus. Vic. Reg. No. A.154, 16 specimens, 11-19 mm. in total length. Collected by Macpherson and Bennett in an overnight surface plankton tow made from the M.V. “ Thala Dan” while anchored in Buckle’s Bay. The generic identification was made from Taning (1918), These specimens were also examined by Dr. Bolin. Family HARPAGIFERIDAE. Genus HARPAGIFER Richardson, 1844. HARPAGIFER BISPINIS (Schneider). Callionymus bispinis Bloch and Schneider 1801, p. 45 (ex Forster MS). Harpagifer bispinis Richardson 1844, p. 11, pl. 5, figs. 1-3;—1845, Dp. Ppl te; figs. 8, 9; Waite 1916, p. 70; Norman 1937, p. 59;—-1938, D. 92, fig 32: Nat. Mus. Vic. Reg. No. A.153. 3 specimens, 57-72 mm. in total length collected by D. Smith during April, 1959. This species was reported to be abundant in rock pools during the whole year. A dissected specimen proved to be a ripe female containing large yellow eggs. Its gut contained a number of macerated crustaceans which appeared to be Amphipods. This eireumpolar species is recorded from rock pools and shallow waters in the whole Subantaretie region and from Graham Land on the Antarctie continent, Family NOTOTHENIIDAE. Genus NOTOTHENIA Richardson, 1844. NOTOTHENIA MACROCEPHALA Günther. Notothenia macrocephala Günther 1860, p. 263; Regan 1913, p. 227; Waite 1916, p. 66, pl. 3, fig. 2, fig. 16; Norman 1938, DA Nat. Mus. Vic. Reg. No. A.155. Four specimens 68-187 mm. in total length. Collected by D. Smith in April, 1959. Colours in life bright red with green eyes. Common in rock pools during whole year. Nat Mus. Vic. Reg. No. A.157. One specimen 181 mm. in total length. Found washed up on beach in Garden Cove by Macpherson and Bennett in December, 1959. This species has been also recorded from the Pat Region, the Kerguelen Region and the Antipodes. The largest and smallest specimens were dissected, both being immature and of an indeterminate sex. In view of the compara- tively large size attained by this species (Waite loc. cit.) it is not surprising that our specimens were immature. The ovaries of Waite's 435 mm. fish were approaching maturity, but it is not known if this was for the first time. i i The gut of the smallest fish contained unidentified e remains and traces of red algae. There was a lar gut of the largest fish. agonian da crustacean ge 180pod in the FISH FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND 15 Family CONGIOPODIDA E. Genus ZANCLORHY NCHUS, Günther, 1880. ZANCLORHYNCHUS SPINIFER Günther. Zanclorhynchus spinifer Günther 1880, p. 15, pl. 8, fig. A; Waite 1916, p. 72; Norman 1937, p. 59, fig. 4. Nat. Mus. Vic. Reg. No. A.156. One specimen 233 mm, in total length. Collected by Macpherson and Bennett in a dredge from 30 meters in Buckle's Bay, December 1959, This species has been recorded previously only from the Kerguelen—Macquarie Island area. Our large specimen differed from the description of Waite (1916) and Norman (1937) in the larger size of spines on the head and the form of the anal fin. Also no mention was made of three flat, opercular spines radiating from just below the large supraopereular spine to a point a little beyond the opercular edge. III. DISCUSSION. Regan (1913, 1914, 1916), Waite (1916), Norman (1937, 1940) and Whitley (1941) recorded fish from this area. Regan (1916) stated that Macquarie Island fish fauna is more closely related to that of the Kerguelen area some 3,000 miles distant, than to the Subantarctic islands of New Zealand which are only 400 miles away. He also pointed out that Macquarie Island and the Kerguelen area are almost on the same isotherm. Waite (1916) and Norman (1937) listed the distribution of species from Macquarie Island, indicating that Zanclorhynchus spinifer was the only species common to the Maequarie- Kerguelen area. Of the remainder Notothenia macrocephala was found adjacent to the Antarctic continent. Harpagifer bispinis was found to be cireum-polar in both the Antarctic and Subantaretie regions. N. colbecki was recorded from the Antipodes, but did not occur in the collection described in this paper. The biogeographic relationships are, therefore, very incompletely known and can only be elucidated by further intensive collecting from Maequarie Island and elsewhere in the Subantarctic region. IV. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, The author is indebted to Mr. P. G. Law, Director of the Antarctice Division of the Department of External Affairs, for permission to study the above collection, and to Miss J. Hope Maepherson for help and encouragement during the preparation of this paper. The manuscript was read by Mr. J. K. Ling. 16 FISH FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND V. REFERENCES. Bloch, M. E. and Schneider, J. G. (1801).—‘‘ Systema Ichthyologiae iconibus ex illustratum. Post orbitum auctoris opus inchoatum absolvit, correxit, interpolavit. Jo. Gottlob Schneider, Saxo.” pp. Ix, 1-584, 110 pls, (Berlin). Günther, A. (1860).—" Catalogue of fishes in the British Museum." 2 Acanthop- terygii: xxi, 1-548. (London). Günther, A. (1878).—Preliminary notices of deep-sea fishes collected during the voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger”. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2 5: 179-87. Günther, A. (1880).—' Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. 'Challenger' during the years 1873-76 under the command of Captain George S. Nares R.N., and Captain Frank Turle Thompson R.N." Zoology, 1 (6): 1-82, 32 pls. (London). Günther, A. (1887).—‘ Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. 'Challenger' during the years 1873-76 under the command of Captain George S. Nares R.N., and Captain Frank Turle Thompson R.N.” Zoology, 22 (57): 1-268, 68 pls. (London). Norman, J. R. (1930).—Oceanic fishes and flatfishes collected in 1925-27. Discovery Repts. 2: 261-370, pl. 2, figs. 1-47. Norman, J. R. (1937).—Fishes. Repts. B.A.N.Z, Antarctic Res. Exp. 1929-31 Ser. B. 1: 49-88, figs. 1-11. Norman, J. R. (1938).—Coast fishes. Pt. 3. Antarctic zone. Discovery Repts. 18: 1-105, 1 pl, figs. 1-62. Rafinesque-Schmaltz, C. S. (1810).—Indice d'illiologia siciliana; ossia, catalogo metodico dei nomi latini, italiani e siciliani dei pesci, che si rinvengono in Sicilia: disposti secondo un metodo naturale e seguito da un appendice che contiene la descrizione di alcuni nuovi pesci siciliani. Messina. 70 pp., 2 pls. Regan, C. T. (1913).—The Antarctic fishes of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. Roy. Soc, Edinburgh 49: 229-92, pls. 1-11, figs. 1-6. Regan, C. T. (1914).—Fishes. Brit. Antarctic (“Terra Nova”) Exp. 1910 Nat. Hist. Repts., Zool. 1: 1-54, 13 pls., figs. 1-8. Regan, C. T. (1916).—Antarctic and Subantarctic fishes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 8 18: 377-9, Richardson, J. (1844).—“ The zoology of the voyage of the ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross R.N. F.R.S., during the years 1839-43". Pt. 2 Fishes: 1-16, pls. 1-10. (Longman, Brown, Green and Longman; London.) l Richardson, J. (1845).—'" The zoology of the voyage of the 'Erebus' and ‘Terror’, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross R.N F.R.S., during the years 1839-43", Pt. 5 Fishes: 17-32, pls. 11.20. (Longman, Brown, Green and Longman; London.) d Taning, A. V. (1918).—Mediterranean Scopelidae (Saurus, Aulopus, Chloroph- thalmus, and Myctophum). Rept. Danish Ocean. Exped. 1908-10 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas. 2 (Biology) (A. 7): 1-154, fies 1-49 ? HO. oJ. Waite, E. R. (1916).—' Fishes”, Aust. Antarctic Exp. 1911-14 Ser C. B: 1-92, pls. 1-5, maps 1-2, figs. 1-16. am e Whitley, G. P. (1941).—A lantern fish from Macquarie Island 10 (1): 124. * Aust, Zool. ils vis 8. 9. ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES, SOUTHWEST VICTORIAN COAST, AUSTRALIA. By George Baker, D.Sc. CONTENTS. ABSTRACT .. 2. INTRODUCTION Bx 4 DISTRIBUTION . COMPOSITION . SPECIFIC GRAVITY TYPES OF ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES (i) Calcareous Accretionary Growths («) Lower Cretaceous (b) Lower Miocene to Oligocene (c) Miocene (d) Post-Miocene Clay (e) Pleistocene .. (f) Holocene (ii) Siderite Accretionary ovate (iii) Phosphatie Accretionary Growths (a) Paleocene—Lower Eocene (b) Lower Miocene—Oligocene X RE. x1 (1) Radioactivity of the phosphatic accretions (c) Miocene (iv) Pyritic Accretionary owas (a) Lower Cretaceous (b) Paleocene—Lower Eocene (c) Miocene (1) Significance B the Butbisonio D ova (v) Manganese Dioxide Accretionary Growths (vi) Limonitic Accretionary Growths (a) Paleocene—Lower Eocene (b) Lower Miocene—Oligocene (c) Miocene (d) Holocene F (vii) Glauconitic Acoretionary Cans (viii) Siliceous Accretionary Growths (ix) Sulphatic Accretionary Growths (x) Halite DESCRIPTION OF PLATES REFERENCES PLATES I and II 6259/60.—2 40 17 18 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES ABSTRACT. Macro- and micro-accretionary growths of calcareous, phosphatic, pyritic, limonitic, glauconitic and sulphatic composition, are marked features of some of the sediments outcropping along certain parts of the south coast of Western Victoria. Of lesser abundance are siderite, manganese dioxide and halite accretionary growths. Their distribution, mode of occurrence and nature have been studied along some 25 miles of the coastline, extending from Freetrader Point in the southeast, through Princetown and Port Campbell to beyond Peterborough in the west. The accretionary structures range in form from isolated nodules and concretions to discontinuous layers and sheets developed under different conditions in several horizons of a stratigraphical sequence composed of Lower Cretaceous, Paleocene-Lower Eocene, Lower Miocene-Oligocene, Miocene, Post- Miocene, Pleistocene and Holocene to Recent deposits. INTRODUCTION, Accretionary bodies of various shapes and sizes composed of different types of secondarily aggregated mineral matter. sometimes markedly different from, often much the same as the principal constituents of their host rocks, occur sporadically in parts and in considerable prominence elsewhere along the southern coastline of southwest Victoria. These structures are in rocks ranging from Lower Cretaceous to Recent in age, exposed in occasional quarries, stream beds, road cuttings, borrow pits and landslip sears, but mainly in bold, commonly vertical sea cliffs. The area embraced by these studies extends from Freetrader Point (fig. 1) on the south-western flanks of the Otway Ranges along the seaboard of the Port Campbell coastal plain to a point some 25 miles to the west, bevond Peterborough, Marine and subaerial erosion combined. have exposed the more resistant accretionary growths to the best advantage in steep high cliffs of relatively soft sediments, Éa The accretionary growths form sheets, discontinuous layers irregularly-shaped tuberous forms, individual nodiad d and concretions, and occasional crystal aggregates, Few of ‘the nodules and concretions reveal concentric structures internally Some of the accretions are epigenetic in having formed subsequently to the compaction of the host strata Others 3a syngenetic or early diagenetic and were formed concomitz tly with the deposition of detrital constituents or shortly EREA - MES c De Specimens mentioned in this paper are in the collections of the N of Victoria. Reg. Nos. E.2560 to E2599. ational Museum 6259 /60. FERGUSON'S HILL MIOCENE PLAIN 8 10 12 SCAL OF MILES FrcvRE 1.—Locality map of the coastal region between Freetrader Point and Warrnambool, South-western Victoria. 4 708 PAL EOCENE FOOTHILLS MESOZOIC RANGES ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 19 Such aceretions are products of the several processes operating when sediments are deposited in environments where they are temporarily out of equilibrium with the prevailing chemical, biochemical and physical conditions. Factors determining the shapes of the different accretions vary from sediment to sediment and sometimes within the same sediment. Porosity of the sediment and an adequate supply of aecretion-building material controlled the development of most of the accretionary bodies. Bedding and joint planes influenced the shape of epigenetic examples in particular. The shapes of some syngenetic to early diagenetic examples were primarily determined by fossil structures which acted as nuclei for precipi- tation. The shape of derived nodules (e.g. remanié phosphatic examples) was fundamentally controlled by rolling on the sea floor. Agitation was necessary for the development of oolithic grains in some of the sediments, and for the growth of free pisoliths and ooliths in cave pools. The mineral matter constituting the accretions is most frequently calcareous, sometimes phosphatie and sometimes glauconitie. Less often it is pyrite, limonite, siderite, gypsum or hydrous iron sulphate, and infrequently it is halite or manganese dioxide. Growth has been by external additions aud increase by adhesion or inclusion, in places more or less regularly, but not always symmetrically about a central point or line. Caleareous accretions like those described herein have also been observed in cliffs of Miocene limestone further to the west, where they are prominent at the Bay of Islands, Flaxman's Hill, Stanhope's Bay and Childers Cove (fig. 1). Although the accretions are minor features of some and wanting from other. horizons, calcareous varieties assume importance because of their widespread lateral distribution as lines of nodules and thin sheets in the more richly caleareous horizons of the Miocene strata (Baker, 1943p, p. 360). They form conspicuous, even if small-scale features in the local geomorphology, on weathering of these strata (Baker, 1958). Some of the aceretions have been described previously (Baker, 1942, 1945; Baker and Frostick, 1951); others have received passing mention in studies of the geology and physio- graphy of the Peterborough—Moonlight Head area (Baker, 19434, 19435, 1944, 1950, 1953, 1958). This paper (i) brings together the results of studies of all the various types of accretions observed, (ii) provides an overall picture of their occurrence in the stratigraphieal sequenee, (ii) elaborates upon their 20 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES i ie iv) compares distribution, occurrence and nature in the tie E Ms ). ae prc | 1 143 T7 Qag ‘ their chemical compositions, and (v) discusses th g in the various host strata. DISTRIBUTION, The distribution of the different types of accretions can be gauged from the areal extents of the various sedimentary formations and members shown in figure 2, used in hea’ tion with their vertical distribution in the stratigraphieal column shown in Table 1. TABLE 1. Vertical distribution of macro- and micro-accretionary growth structures in the stratigraphical sequence of the Moonlight Head—Port Campbell region, Group and Age Host Sediment, Macro-aceretions. Micro-aceretions. Holocene Soils. . " =. |. Buckshot gravel" | Micro-forms of the same i nodules (ferruginous) materials Travertine nodules | Beach, Cave, and Dune Calcareous sand stalag- | Sands mites Normal stalactites and stalagmites Caleareous beach sand | plasters on cliff bases Calcareous nodules Caleareous tubular and solid cylindrical con- cretions | | Caleareous cave pisoliths | Calcareous cave ooliths Pleistocene -. | Dune Limestone .. | Caleareous sheets and nodules Post-Miocene -. | Clay Capping.. -- | Limonitie nodules Remanié (Miocene) cal- careous concretions Heytesbury Group | Port Campbell Limestone Calcareous p: accretions Glauconite pellets (Miocene) (aphanitic) Thin calcareous sheets Foecal pellets Pyritic accretions (largely oxidized) Rare phosphatic and Pyritic nodules in Rut- ledge's Creek Member Rare seams of gypsum a Glenample Clay (cal- careous) Calcareous accretions | Glauconite pellets Thin calcareous sheets Foecal pellets a e Glauconite pellets Gellibrand Clay (cal- | Occasional calcareous ac- careous) cretions Foecal pellets Occasional pyritic nodules (some ` oxi- dized) Very rare, small man- ganese dioxide nodules | 6259/61. TP UD : 3 oy Ay ad bY 5 H AESEANR N eme. DUNE SANDS DUME LIMESTONE CLAY CAPPING PORT CAMPBELL RUTLEDGE'S CK. LIMESTONE MEMBER L. MIOCENE- OLIGOCENE POLIGOCENE L-EOCENE c CLIFTON POINT RONALD COVERED PRINCETOWN FORMATION LAY DI!LWYN CLAY AND ARKOSE PEBBLE POINT FORMATION INTERVAL MEMBER "s L.EOCENE- PALEOCENE MESOZOIC D Wt, 3 e Mr 2 FrcvREÉ 2.— Geological sketch map of the Moonlight Head-Princetown-Port Campbell coastal region, showing place names. vobis iE JL e pnm - B u ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES TABLE 1—continued. Group and Age, Host Sediment. Macro-accretions. 21 Micro-accretions. Heytesbury Group (Lower Miocene to Oligocene) Calcareous accretions (some septaria) Calcareous Clay of the Clifton Formation Glauconite pellets Foecal pellets Bryozoal Limestone of the Clifton Formation Phosphatic sheets Phosphatized. foecal pellets Clifton Formation phos- phorite Phosphatie nodules Pellet phosphate Gritty Quartz Sandstone (in part calcareous) Rare pellet phosphate (*) Oligocene Point Ronald Sandy Clay COVERED INTERVAL. Wangerrip Group (Lower Eocene to Paleocene) Ferruginous Sandstone Limonitic nodules Princetown Member (car- | Pyrite nodules bonaceous silty sand- | Hydrous iron sulphate stone) of the Dilwyn nodules and thin seams Silty Clay Crystal aggregates of pyrite Crystal aggregates of selenite Rare, superficial crystal aggregates of halite Sandstone bands in Dilwyn Silty Clay Pyrite nodules Rare phosphatic nodules Glauconite pellets Minute crystal aggre- gates of pyrite Dilwyn Silty Clay Pyrite nodules Hydrous iron sulphate nodules and thin seams Rare phosphatic nodules Oolitie grains of collo- phane Micro-replacements of fossil fragments by pyrite Rivernook Member (glau- conitic) of the Dilwyn Silty Clay Caleareous — phosphatic nodules and thin seams Crystal aggregates of gypsum Glauconite pellets Minute crystal aggre- gates of pyrite Pebble Point Formation | Pyrite nodules (glauconitic sand- | Small phosphatic nodules stones, grits, and con- | Rare crystal aggregates glomerates) of selenite Limonitie sheets and nodules Remanié (L. Cretaceous) siderite nodules Glauconite pellets Foecal pellets Calcite — siderite — glau- conite ooliths Calcite rims to detrital grains Collophane ooliths ANGULAR UNCONFORMITY. Otway Group (L. Cretaceous) Moonlight Head arkose | Pyrite nodules and rare mudstone | Large calcareous accre- | (Devil's Kitchen Mud- tions (“ Cannon Balls ”) | stone) Smaller calcareous | nodules | | Rare siderite nodules | Calcareous sheets | Calcareous concentric rim-growths around detrital grains ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES iw) to COMPOSITION. The chemical compositions of the main types of accretions are shown in Table 2. TABLE 2. Chemical Compositions of Accretionary Growtlis. R0; 0-58 1-74 1-08 0-33 33:38 41-68 0-94 3-48 CaCO, 96-28 | 69-66 92-50 | 96-17 30-32 41:18 88 -06 93-06 MgCO, 1:72. | 19-83 L-62 0-87 0-67 0-77 0-83 2.54 H.O (+) k tr. | 3:06 0-31 0-12 3-11 0.22 | 1-H tr. H,0(—) .. o IC EFC oT aic 0-11 0:11 | 1-61 0-17 | 0-80 tr. P20; » Y us nu me wn met 18-97 | 12-96 Ta 2 Insoluble residue i -54 | 3:66 | 4-42 | 2-45 | 10-85 | 3:08 1:76 1-46 j- | — - j- —— -— — Total .. |100-12 | 1100-05 | 98-91 [100-06 [100-10 100-54 | | | TS ere Sp. Gr. of Powder* .. | 2.73 | 2-67 | 2-70 | 2-73 2-88 | 2-92 | 2-67 2-73 (anal. G. C, Carlos.) (* The specific gravity values of the powdered accretionary growths were determined in distilled water at 20°C. on an air-damped balance.) KEY TO TABLE 2. 1. Dense calcareous accretion with Ditrupa wormbetiensis, from Port Campbell Limestone. Quarry, Spark's Gully, 24 miles east of Port Campbell. 2. Port Campbell Limestone (aphanitic) adjacent to and enclosing specimen No. 1 (Table 2). Quarry, Spark’s Gully, 24 miles east of Port Campbell. 3. Nodular calcareous accretion from Port Campbell Limestone. Marble Arch, 2i miles west-southwest of Port Campbell. 4. White to buff-coloured calcareous accretion from calcareous clay immediately above limestone in the Clifton Formation. Three quarter mile southwest of Princetown. 3. Phosphatic cylindrical accretion from Gellibrand Clay, 1} mile west of Princetown. 6. Phosphatie cylindrical accretion with shelly fragments, band, Rutledge’s Creek Member. Mouth of Rutledge’s Creek, southeast of Port Campbell. 7. Round, nodular calcareous accretio mile west of Princetown. from coquina 34 miles east- n from Gellibrand Clay. One and half 8. Caleareous cylindrical accretion from Por ; t Campbell Limestone. Pulpit Rock, 4 miles east-southeast of Port Campbell. A chemical analysis of the Port C ) | ampbell Limestone is included in Table 2 (column 2) for comparison with that of an ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 23 aceretion from the same locality; this reveals that the enveloping limestone, contains approximately 11:5 times as much magnesium carbonate as the lime-rich accretion (column 1, Table 2). Ratios of the principal constituents of the analysed accretions are listed in Table 3. These show a wide range in the relation- ships of CaCO: and MgCO: in nodules from different beds, and significant variations in the relationships between total carbonate contents and insoluble residues. TABLE 8, Ratios of principal constituents of analysed accretionary growths. (as n Table m) | CaCO, : MgCO, é| Total COs : POs, Insoluble Residue. a e ice ee l 56-0 | » 63-6 2 3-5 x 24-4 3 57-0 | a 21-3 4 110-5 hi 39-6 5 45-0 1: 2-9 6 | 53-5 3-2 13-6 7 106-8 P 11-5 8 | 36-6 65-5 | Specific Gravity. Specific gravity values of hand specimens of different shapes of accretions of similar and different chemical compositions, determined in distilled water at 20°C. on a Walker’s Steelyard, are shown in Table 4. Specific gravity variations among accretions of the same composition (Table 4) reflect the presence of impurities such as alteration products or included alien mineral matter. Thus the specific XA of pyritic accretions in the Gellibrand Clay 3:82) varies according to degrees of alteration to gypsum and hydrous iron sulphates (copiapite, &c.), and in older forma- tions (2:98—4-00) according to the amounts of quartz and carbonaceous matter entrapped from the host sediment. Examinations of polished surfaces confirm these observations, and reveal that the pyrite acts as a cement to detrital quartz grains, thus contrasting with well-developed pyrite crystals in Tertiary marine clays at Torquay, Victoria (Edwards and Baker, 1951, pp. 40-44), where little host rock material has been incorporated in the pyrite. 24 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES TABLE 4. Specific Gravity Values of various types of Accretionary Growths. Type. Shape. aici Si | Gravity, Caleareous .. .. | Sub-spherical, nodulose — .. | Port Campbell Limestone .. 2-50 " ig .. | Irregular ze TE m 2-24 h s .. | Ellipsoidal to sub-spherical, | ,, » 2-26-2-32 | flat and nodulose | x n = .. | Elongated, nodulose a 5 T 2-45- 2-48 ^ ii .. | Cylindrical to sub-spherical | Gellibrand Clay .. 2] 2:21-2-60 T EA .. | Irregular, nodulose .. | Calcareous Clay of the Clifton | 2-56-2-61 Formation | Caleareous septaria .. | Sub-spherical | 2:41-2-49 Pyritic, partially oxi- | Elongated, cylindrical . | Port Campbell Limestone .. 3-67 dized | Pyritic, altered to gyp- | Irregular, nodulose to cylin- | Gellibrand Clay 2-33-3 -82 sum and copiapite, drical | &c. | Pyritic, with some in- | Sub-spherical to tuberous and | Princetown Member (carbona- | 2-98-3-43 cluded carbonaceous ellipsoidal ceous silty sandstone) matter | m m 5 Irregular | Dilwyn Clay (carbonaceous 3:10 | silty clay) Pyritic X .. | Sub-spherical to ovoidal .. | Pebble Point Formation | 3-90-4-00 (sandy grits, &c.) 5 m i | T $ 5 .. | Otway Group (arkose) .. | 3°43-3-46 Phosphatie .. Cylindrical «1 M | Coquina band, Rutledge’s | 2-45 | Creek Member | » T .. | Irregular, sub-spherical, ellip- | Clifton Formation Phos- | 2:74-3-21 soidal, cylindrical phorite | Phosphatic with Glau- Sub-spherical to ellipsoidal | Dilwyn Silty Clay | 2-93 conite | | eh 5 i af | Pebble Point Formation | 2-69-2-73 (sandy grits, &c.) | Limonitic .. +. | Layers .. Pebble Point Formation | 2-82-2-93 ^ a (gritty ironstone) | Limonitic (oxidized | Elongated, cylindrical .. | Port Campbell Limestone .. | 2-86-3-32 pyritic accretions) | | Limonitic (brown) .. Sub-spherical . | Holocene * buckshot gravel " | 2-70-2-83 i iA horizon | Limonitie (black) oF i "M M 4 " P | 3:13-3-53 Specific gravity variations of limonitic layer accretionary structures from the Pebble Point Formation (Table 4), arise from different contents of fine to medium sand size, and some- times coarser, quartz grains. Variations among the cylindrieal limonitie aecretions in the Port Campbell Limestone, result from different degrees in the alteration of pyrite to limonite. Among the ** buckshot gravel " nodules and granules, the varia- tions in specific gravity (2-10—3-53) are due primarily to ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 25 differences in the nature and amount of the iron oxide composing them, some being earthy and limonitic, others being more compact and containing magnetic iron oxide (? maghemite). Phosphatic accretionary growths vary in specifie gravity because of different contents of (a) shell debris and micro-fossils, (b) superficial alteration to limonite, (c)detrital quartz grains of varying size, (d) glauconite pellets, and (e) calcite ooliths. Specific gravity differences (2-21—2-61) among calcareous accretions are due largely to varying degrees of compaction and cementation, and partly to different contents of adventitious mineral matter, shell debris, and/or small fossils. TYPES OF ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES. Calcareous Accretionary Growths The wide vertical distribution of calcareous accretions is shown in Table 1, where the range is indicated as extending from Lower Cretaceous to Recent and occurrences are listed from most of the formations. Lower Cretaceous Examples of late diagenetic calcareous accretions from the Lower Cretaceous arkose are two inches up to a foot or so across, mainly spherical to sub-spherical in shape, sometimes ovoidal, and on weathering, they protrude conspicuously from cliff faces and shore platforms as ‘‘ cannon-balls "' (cf. Edwards and Baker, 1943; Baker, 1950, p. 19). They contain from 45 per cent. to 50 per cent. acid soluble (1 : 1 HCl) carbonate, and detrital quartz, felspar, chlorite and occasional hornblende, biotite, zircon, tourmaline, &c. The carbonate is largely calcite which acts as a cement and forms coatings around most detrital grains, besides infilling many interspaces. Because of this, the ** cannon-balls °? seldom reveal concentric internal structures, while bedding planes, whether horizontal or dipping, sometimes appear to pass uninterruptedly through them. In places, they reveal small flange-like protuberances resulting from extended growth along the bedding planes. In addition, flat-lying lenticular nodules and sheets occur along bedding planes, while occasional precipitation along joints, especially on the northwest side of Point Lucton, has resulted in the development of steep to almost vertical veins of epigenetic calcite. 26 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES The ** cannon-balls " occur in localized positions, e.g., as at the head of Crayfish Bay and in cliff faces and shore platforms at The Gable and Point Lucton; their size and concentration are evidentlv due largely to variations in porosity of the host arkose. The principal cement away from these structures, is likewise caleite, but in much smaller concentrations (occasionally as low as 3 per cent. of the matrix) ; it was derived from connate waters (Edwards and Baker, 1943, p. 207). Layered caleite along joint and bedding planes is partly secondary to the calcite cement of the host rock, and a few examples have been observed in which they cut through the accretions. Lower Miocene to Oligocene Caleareous accretions in marine calcareous clays overlying the Clifton Formation limestone, average 2” x 2” x 1” in size. and are sub-spherical to irregular, rarely nodulose, Some have the typical cracks of septaria (Plate IL. fig. P) which are not infilled with mineral matter and which crudely radiate and widen towards the centres of hand specimens. These are sometimes crossed by finer cracks concentric with the margins of the accretions, but the whole pattern of cracks is largely polygonal. Most specimens have pure white. soft chalky crusts (Plate IL. fig. Q) and more compact cores of cheese-like consistency and pale buff colour. They are principally calcium carbonate (Table 3, column 4), with a small amount of buff-coloured clay, minute quartz particles, rare zircon and rare dark brown, sausage- like pellets 1 mm. long (probably foecal pellets), The growth of these accretions in caleareous clays involves initial development of a calcareous gel mass containing a little aluminium and magnesium carbonate, Case hardening, followed by dehydration of interior portions, resulted in a pattern of surface eracks from shrinkage on irreversible chemical desicea- tion. Subsequent exposure to atmospheric agents and wetting by sea spray. produced the white, soft chalky crusts. in a manner comparable with the production of patination in flint. Miocene Miocene calcareous accretions occur as occasional nodules in the marine calcareous Gellibrand Clay and Glenample Clav, and as numerous nodules, sheets and cylindrical structures &c in the more favourable horizons of the marine aphanitic Port Campbell Limestone. ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 27 Gellibrand Clay Sub-spherieal, cylindrical and tuberous accretions in the Gellibrand Clay are 1" to 4” across (Plate IL, figs. L to N). They consist largely of CaCO:, but contain a little magnesium earbonate, alumina, and signifieant proportions of insoluble residue (Table 2, column 7) eomposed of pale pinkish-buff clay with abundant small, angular quartz grains and rare zoisite, zircon and garnet. In thin sections, the analysed accretion (Table 2, column 7) reveals a matrix of fine-grained, interlocking aggregates of calcite crystals 0-02 mm. across. Complete skeletons of fora- minifera, minute gasteropods and ostracods like those in the host sediment, are embedded in the minutely granular calcite matrix; their interiors are usually infilled with coarser calcite crystals up to 0-15 mm. across. The matrix also contains fragments of bryozoa, broken spines and spicules, and rare fragments of larger shelly fossils. Occasional small, vugh-like structures lined with ealeite crystals 0-05 mm. in size, could represent replaced portions of fragmented fossils. Rare minute pellets of glauconite are little larger than the granular calcite, while glauconite also infills a few tests of foraminifera. As there is no evidence to show. that fragmentation of the fossils resulted directly from aceretionary-generating processes, it is apparent that some submarine erosion, by current action, occurred prior to sedimentation, and less stable skeletal elements were thereby fractured. The accretions are regarded as being syngenetic to early diagenetic, in a sediment accumulated partly by current action. Jomponents were carried in to a region where a rather more stagnant environment prevailed than for the greater part of the depositional period of the younger Port Campbell Limestone. The acid soluble (1 : 1 HCl) fraction of the host calcareous clay is sometimes as low as 36 per cent., which is approximately 2:5 times less than the calcareous accretions. The area of deposition was largely one in which fine detrital terrigenous mineral matter, accompanied by fossil fragments, miero-fossils and shells of larger forms living in the muddy caleareous environment, were accumulated under quiescent conditions. The growth of accretions in this sediment was thus comparable to that outlined by Weeks (1953). Removal of CO. that had accumulated under the somewhat stagnant environment was inhibited. Rapid using up of available oxygen resulted in lime being retained in solution as bicarbonate. The calcium 28 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES carbonate was subsequently deposited as aecretions in favourable positions, such as around congregated fossil shelly matter, where the soft parts of the organisms, decomposing under anaerobic conditions, locally yielded centres with an alkaline environment of ammonia or amines. Conditions were thus created where the pH value was approximately 7:5 and hence favourable for CaCO, precipitation, Nuclei for initial precipitation were provided by foraminifera, ostracods, small gasteropods, small fragments of larger shells and bryozoa, and to some extent by foecal pellets, glauconite pellets and detrital mineral grains, Somewhat stagnant environments such as this are normally low positive (only slightly oxidising) in the oxidation-reduetion potential, ranging to negative (reducing); the existence of stagnant conditions rather than the low oxidising-reduetion potential, initially retained the lime in solution. Glenample Clay Caleareous accretions in the Glenample Clay are generally similar in appearance and origin but less frequent than in the Gellibrand Clay, the sediment containing fewer fossils, Towards the top of the formation, which heralds in the more riehly ‘aleareous sedimentation of the Port Campbell Limestone formation, layered accretionary growths formed prominently along some of the hedding planes, Port Campbell Limestone The most abundant calcareous aceretions exposed in the area studied, oceur in the limestone facies cha acterising the Port Campbell Limestone, This formation, some 250 to 300 feet thick, occurs at the top of the not particularly thick Tertiary series of sediments (some 2,500 to 3,000 feet thick) of the Moonlight Head— Port Campbell— Peterborough region. It is of wide lateral extent, however, and exposed in many places The best array of accretions oeeurs on stripped zones (Baker 1958) produced at eliff edges in positions where sea spray and 'ain- water run-off combine effectively to remove vegetation, soils and veneers of Post-Miocene Clay. Such stripped zones vary in width along certain of the cliff tops from a few feet at the edges of eliffs up to 200 feet high, to 60 or 70 vards on cliff tops m to 40 or 50 feet high. jaa deles: Along most parts of the limestone sections of the coastline si PR s , de i extending from Gibson's Beach through Port Campbell to Peterborough and beyond (figs. 1 and 2), the caleareous accretions ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 29 stand out from bold, vertical cliffs as more or less horizontal lines of small isolated knobs or as narrow, thin ledges where united into more or less continuous layers. Such growths appear in cliff faces more frequently towards the upper portions, where the several thin layers are so spaced as to extend over a zone up to 6 feet or so thick, as at Point Hesse, Broken Head and environs (Baker, 1958), the Amphitheatre, &e. Nodular varieties of the accretions are mainly irregular in shape, sometimes tuberous (Plate I., figs. A and B), cylindrical (Plate LL, fig. D), or ring-like (Baker, 1958, Plate X NVIII.). Others are sub-spheroidal to ovoidal and wrinkled (Plate L., figs. F, N, R, Sand T). The more irregular of the isolated accretions commonly possess wart-like excrescences (Plate I., figs. € and U). Where a number of smaller accretions partially coalesce, filigree patterns (Plate L., fig. O) sometimes result. None of these accretions show concentric structures. Some contain such macro-fossils as Ditrupa wormbetiensis, Seripecten yahlensis, echinoids, brachiopods and bryozoa, others contain micro-fossils such as foraminifera, ostracods and spicular fragments. The genera and species of these fossils are the same as in the host sediment. Less stable fossil structures were generally taken into solution, and the ingredients subsequently reprecipitated in the accretions. Thin sections reveal both a similar bio-facies and a similar litho-facies for accretions and host limestone. Cross sections of typieal cylindrical and nodular accretions (analyses 3 and 8, Table 2) show rare, small angular grains of quartz, rare felspar, a little glauconite, occasional complete foraminifera and fragments of small shells and bryozoa, set in a matrix of fine-grained calcite. Much of the calcite cement is murky and forms crystals 0-005 mm. to 0-600 mm. in size; rarer clear calcite crystals average 0-040 mm. across. Apart from non-filled bryozoal structures, pore spaces are common and range in size from 0-1 mm. to eavities of irregular shape approximately 5 mm. by 2 mm. The Port Campbell Limestone was formed on a shallow, well-aerated sea bottom subject to only small influx of clastic terrigenous material, so that relatively pure limestone accumulated. Horizons rather richer in calcareous materials than others, are up to 98 per cent. acid soluble (1 : 1 HCL). Mueh of the limestone was originally a ealeareous slime into which dropped small complete organisms, fragments of organisms, and a little fine detrital mineral matter. During diagenesis, crystallization within the bounds of the growing 30 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES accretions yielded small calcite crystals in places uncleared of minute inclusions; some of the larger pore spaces became lined with clearer caleite. The rock thus seems to have been partly detrital and partly a gelatinous chemical precipitate which. during diagenesis, crystallized as fine-grained aggregates to forni the numerous accretions. Comparison of accretions and host limestone shows that the accretions contain 98 per cent. acid soluble carbonates and little fine-grained (-100 mesh B.S.S.) mineral matter, while the adjacent limestone contains rather less soluble carbonates and a little more insoluble residue (Table 2, columns 1, 2, 3 and 8). Among the insoluble residues are buff-coloured isotropic clay substances, rare angular quartz and garnet, occasional chitinous matter, a few plates of muscovite, rare prismatic tourmaline (possibly authigenic), microcline, orthoclase. zircon, a few opaque minerals and partially oxidised glauconite, Although there was no significant change in total carbonates on accretionary growth, there are nevertheless marked differences in the relative amounts of CaCO, and MgCO, between accretion and host rock (Table 2, columns 1 and 2). Ratios of CaCO; MgCO: are similar for different accretions from localities five miles apart (Table 3, Nos. 1 and 3), but these are considerably in excess of the ratios for the host limestone (Table 3. No. 2). The greater lime carbonate content of the accretions is apparently due to caleareous shelly matter being dissolved and reprecipitated soon after deposition, under conditions of local increases of pH value favouring lime carbonate precipitation, at a time when the enveloping ealeium-magnesium carbonate was unlithified and possibly gel-like. No bedding planes have been observed passing through the accretions (cf. Tarr, 1921), and the indications are that the accretions are syngenetic to early diagenetic in origin. Whereas the magnesium-bearing host became compacted to form a soft friable, aphanitic, pale buff-coloured limestone with an earthy appearance, the accretions were cemented into more compact bodies enclosing generally fewer but nevertheless similar fossil remains. The different physical cha ‘acteristics of the accretions rendered them less prone to attack by erosion. — i i Post-Miocene C lay Calcareous accretions in the Post-Miocene Clay which caps the Miocene limestone (Baker, 1944, p. 95) are identical "with those in the Port Campbell Limestone formation, where they ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES: 31 were formed originally. They were more resistant to processes of dissolution that affected the upper horizons of the friable limestone from which the Clay capping is a residual deposit, and hence they constitute remanié accretions. no Pleistocene The Pleistocene dune limestone contains calcareous accretions of epigenetic origin. Consisting largely of CaCO; with a little MgCO;, they form secondary discontinuous layers of dense travertinous material, one to three inches thick, along some major stratification and minor cross-bedding planes. They formed from solution of comminuted shell waste that comprises a considerable proportion of the dune limestone, followed by precipitation along bedding structures. A few nodular growths arose from partial cementation by material similarly derived, but precipitated in interstices of the highly porous dune rock. Holocene Caleareous accretions in Recent to Holocene beach, cave and dune sands vary in shape, position of formation and mode of origin. Different forms acquired different shapes and sizes according to the prevalent conditions in their places of formation. Thus normal stalactites, stalagmites and stalagmitie enerusta- tions were accreted in several caves in the Port Campbell Limestone along various parts of the coastline (Baker and Frostick, 1951), sand stalagmites were developed in the upper layers of the sandy floors of certain caves in the limestone (Baker, 1942, p. 662), while pisoliths and calcareous ‘‘ spats " were generated in cave pools (Baker and Frostick, 1951). Beach plasters grew where higher-level beach sands averaging 75 per cent. acid soluble (1 : 1 HCl) constituents became cemented to cliff bases in places of more concentrated cliff face seepage of carbonate-rich waters (Baker, 1943, fig. 23, p. 372); their positions, up to six and eight feet above normal beach level, indicate former beach heights at the cliff bases. In addition, tubular and solid cylindrical concretions and sub-spheroidal to ellipsoidal nodules of secondary CaCO:, lying loosely in more recent (unconsolidated) dune sands, have been accumulated around roots and fallen twigs, &e. The cave pisoliths in particular, the calcareous stalactites, stalagmites and stalagmitic encrustations generally, and some of the cylindrical concretions from the aeolian sediments, are the only ones with true concentric structures. DN 32 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES The soils of the district contain occasional calcareous nodules and thin sheets of calcareous *‘ hardpan formed epigenetically from carbonate-rich waters circulating through the Port Campbell Limestone. These are usually denser and less porous than calcareous accretions in the Port Campbell Limestone. Caleareous micro-accretions of syngenetic to early diagenetic origin, are represented in various parts of the stratigraphical succession by such features as (i) concentric rims around detrital grains in Lower Cretaceous arkose, (ii) concentric bands and cores in calcite-siderite-glauconite ooliths in the Pebble Point Formation, and (iii) calcite coatings around detrital grains in à thin bed of sandstone interbedded with the lower part of the Dilwyn Silty Clay, where calcite also occurs in ooliths. Of recent origin are the calcareous cave ooliths (upper size limit — 2 mm. in diameter), found with cave pisoliths in small pools of carbonated waters on the floors of caves in Loch Ard Gorge (Baker and Frostick, 1951). Siderite Accretionary Growths Rare nodule-like accretionary growths of siderite up to 6” and 12" across, occur in the Paleocene conglomerate of the Pebble Point Formation, Devil’s Kitchen area. Derived by weathering from Lower Cretaceous arkose and mudstone, they are rounded, well-polished, often buff-coloured to darker brown, and sometimes reveal numerous fine, superficial cracks. Thin coatings of limonite on several of the siderite accretions are likewise cracked. Phosphatie Accretionary Growths Accretious of phosphate oceur sporadically in the Paleocene and Lower Eocene strata of the Moonlight Head—Princetown district. A phosphorite bed 3 to 4 feet thick in the Lower Miocene-Oligocene Clifton Formation, is composed largely of phosphatic nodules. Isolated examples containing nearly 19 per cent. P:Os appear in a few horizons of the Miocene, e.g. Gellibrand Clay and Rutledge’s Creek Member. Paleocene-Lower Eocene Phosphatie accretions in the Paleocene Pebble Formation are seldom sharply defined against the host glauconitic coarse sandstones and grits, Point matrix of the and only become ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 33 evident on weathering. They are sub-spherical to irregular in shape (Plate LL, figs. Y and Z), up to 5” across, syngenetic in origin, and were evidently precipitated as a colloidal gel incorporating extraneous matter. On testing, they yield little evidence of carbonates and an estimated few per cent. of P;O.. A few contain shelly fragments, others consist of pellets of glauconite, rounded quartz grains up to 4 mm. across, and some argillaceous material with the phosphate. In the younger Rivernook. Member which is interbedded with the Dilwyn Silty Clay, occasional phosphatic accretions contain rather more calcite and a little siderite. Qualitative tests indicate an estimated amount of not over 3 or 4 per cent. P.0;. They are more sharply defined against the host sediment (glauconitic silty clay), and sub-spherical to spherical in shape; a few are more calcareous still, with only traces of phosphate (Baker, 1950, p. 24). Some 250 feet stratigraphically higher in the Dilwyn Silty Clay, a few phosphatic accretions exposed in dark grey silty claystone west of Rivernook House (fig. 2), are 3” across, light grey in colour, and almost spherical in shape. They contain Nuculana, small globose gasteropods, fragments of wood and an occasional propodus of Callianassa, all of which, among others, are represented in the Paleocene Pebble Point Formation. Along with pellets of glauconite, these fossils are enclosed in a compact cement of collophane; residues from acid digestion contain plant debris, foecal pellets and detrital quartz, bleached biotite, magnetite, epidote, zircon, flint, ilmenite and leucoxene, of average grain size 0-2 mm. Most grains are rounded to sub-angular, the smallest are quite angular. Thin sections reveal a matrix of calcareous material and brown collophane with embedded detrital grains. Original wood fragments have been replaced by calcite, leaving isolated remnants of brown to black carbonaceous matter enclosing a few small grains of pyrite. Fragments of bryozoa have been partially replaced by eollophane and some chambers of foraminifera partly infilled with pyrite and collophane. These accretions evidently formed syngenetieally on the sea floor, in the presence of organic matter and a little detritus of a non-organic character, as a result of chemical reaction and precipitation. 6259/60.—83 34 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES Lower Miocene-Oligocene Abundant phosphatic accretions in the Clifton Formation are 4” to 12” long (Baker, 1945, p. 89), light to dark brown in colour, have relatively smooth surfaces, and are mostly ovoidal to irregular, sometimes cylindrical in shape (Plate IL, figs. R to V). They are principally collophane with varying amounts of shelly and detrital mineral matter; the P.O; content ranges from nearly 1 per cent. to 15 per cent. Examples with dark coloured outer crusts are lighter brown inside, the outer crusts consisting of limonite up to 1 mm. thick, developed by recent weathering. Thin sections show a cement largely constituted of isotropic, amorphous collophane, which also occurs in places as pellet phosphate. The cement includes angular quartz 0:2 mm. across and well-rounded quartz grains up to 2 mm. across; grains of fresh felspar and flakes of white mica appear in a few of the aceretions. Narrow rims of manganese dioxide envelope some of the quartz grains, while layers of lepidocrocite 0-8 mm. thick. calcite 0:2. mm. thick and further lepidoerocite 0-1 nun, to 1:0 mm. thick, form the outer erust of the dark coloured nodules. The cores of such accretions are brown collophane with occasional detrital grains, foraminifera, fragments of brvozoa. small brachiopods, gasteropods and spines of echinoids. Globigerina, the more commonly represented genus among the foraminifera. frequently shows exceptionally well-preserved ornamentation, while some of the Lagenids and a few others are also relatively well-preserved; some are infilled with collophane, others with calcite. Zooaria of bryozoa encrusting some of the aceretions, are usually phosphatized, sometimes replaced by iron hydroxide. according to whether they were exposed to recent weathering or protected in unexposed parts of the nodule bed. These nodules were originally regarded as rolled pebbles (Wilkinson, 1865), but their phosphatic nature was not recognized until more recently (Baker, 1945). Their smooth surfaces and rounded character suggest growth while rolling on the sea bed for even irregularly shaped and somewhat branching varieties reveal some rounding. Because of conflieting evidence, there is some doubt regarding the origin of all of these accretions. The presence among them of the derived Paleocene nautiloid Deltoidonautilus bakeri Teichert (ef. Aturia clarkei according to M. F. Glaessner), in a phosphatie matrix like that of the nodules generally, points to the possibility of some of the accretions being allochthonous. Enclosed foraminifera, &e., in other V AE APR ww c ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES from the same deposit, however, are autochthonous, being the same as genera and species in the matrix of the host sediment, which is mainly a similar matrix to that of the Clifton limestone. Also, quartz grains of similar size and similar degree of rounding as quartz grains in the underlying deposit (gritty sandstone with shell fragments), indicate that such nodules were formed more or less in situ, and not transported in as products weathered from older formations. The enerusting bryozoa, which are autochthonous, do not help to solve the problem, for they could have become attached to either a newly formed or a derived nodule. Being non-weathered themselves, however, there is no doubt that such bryozoa belong to the host sediment, and hence bryozoal-enerusted phosphatic nodules were not transported in as such, An explanation of the above evidence requires the co- existence in the same nodule bed of phosphatic accretions derived in different zones—some were chemically precipitated on a sea floor of unconsolidated gritty sandstone in Lower Miocene- Oligocene times, and are autochthonous, a smaller number was derived by erosion of nearby Lower Eocene-Paleocene sediments and transported into the Lower Miocene-Oligocene theatre of sedimentation, and are allochthonous, The presence of such phosphatie accretions in stratigraphical sequences, usually indicates an unconformity. The Clifton phosphorite is at the base of the Clifton Formation, and apparently conformable with the underlying gritty sandstone. Its nodules are set in a mixed matrix constituted partly of Clifton limestone ingredients, partly of gritty sandstone constituents. The fossils in this matrix are the same as those in the Clifton limestone, which is rich in well-preserved bryozoa, pelecypoda. single corals, echinoids, sharks’ teeth, &c. It would thus appear that the Clifton phosphorite and limestone mark the onset of late Oligocene to early Miocene sedimentation in these parts of Victoria, while the gritty sandstone forming the sea floor at that time, evidently represents the termination of Eocene sedimentation. A few feet above the phosphorite bed, two bands up to a foot thick each, in the Clifton limestone, are also partially phosphatized. They are possibly late diagenetie or even epigenetic im origin, the phosphate coming from enclosed bryozoa, brachiopods, &e. Deposition from connate waters locally enriched in phosphate, was largely confined to two bedding planes, but also formed a few accretions within the body of the limestone. 36 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES Radioactivity of the phosphatic accretions Autoradiographie examination of phosphatic aceretions from the Clifton Formation revealed an even, though sparsely scattered distribution of alpha-particle activity, after 21 days exposure to an Ilford C2 (50 microns) nuclear research emulsion plate, Rare relatively weak concentrations of alpha-particle tracks due to point sources, indicate somewhat higher, local activity, evidently arising from small spots of radiocolloids. Analysed phosphorites (Davidson and Atkin, 1952) show 0-001 per cent. to 0-150 per cent. U;O., with thorium negligible and potash insignificant in all phosphorites, Since no diserete uranium minerals have been detected in the Clifton phosphorite, its weak radioactivity can only be attributed to the collophane phase being uranium-bearing, The uranium evidently possesses a greater geochemical affinity with the apatite (eollophane) structure than with other phases encountered, the uranium substituting for calcium in the lattice, On the other hand, the concentration of uranium in rich phosphate beds of the Phosphoria Formation, Wester U.S.A. (Thompson, 1953), is not wholly due to the phosphate, and may partly depend on the organic matter or other components present. Hence, in the Clifton phosphorite, point sources of activity may represent Uranium associated with organic matter containing radiocolloids, or with rare local concentration independent of such fossil organisms. The general nature of the autoradiograph, however, with its wide scatter of alpha-particle tracks, points to the wider spread collophane as the source of much of the less concentrated radioactivity. Davidson and Atkin (1953) have shown that there is normally a fixed UO, : POs ratio throughout any single sample, but that throughout any sequence of phosphatic sediments, the uranium content may so vary that, the richest phosphate beds are not always the more radioactive. Since there is an antipathetie relationship between uranium and carbon dioxide, ealeiuni-rich phosphorites are always low in uranium. On this basis, the Clifton. phosphorite, with its phosphatie accretions embedded à strongly caleareous environment, must be expeeted t onlv a low uranium content, In O possess Miocene Phosphatie aceretions are sparse in the Miocene sediments Ouly a few isolated examples occur in the Gellibrand Clay and in the Rutledge’s Creek Member, where they i ned? Te are evidently svngenetie in origin. i ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 37 One from the Gellibrand Clay (portion shown in Plate IL. fig. O), measuring 18" by 1" in size, is cylindrical in shape. Its dip was the same in amount and direction as the poorly marked bedding planes of the host sediment, It is of brownish colour and contains approximately 19 per cent. P-O; (Table 2, column 5). Small complete fossils and fragments of fossils in the accretion, match those in the host calcareous clay. One in the calcareous clay at Rutledge’s Creek (Plate LI., fig. E), contains less P.O; (Table 2, column 6) and more calcareous material. It was collected from a biostrome in the ‘aleareous clay. The CO; : P.O; ratios (Table 3, Nos. 5 and 6) are variable, being twice as great for the Rutledge’s Creek specimen. This accretion is also cylindrical in shape, and measures 5” by 1". It likewise lay with its longer axis parallel with bedding planes which are stressed at Rutledge's Creek by laminae of shelly material in places. This aceretion contains comminuted shelly matter, set in a caleareous-phosphatic- argillaceous matrix. Two biostromes in the Rutledge’s Creek Member, provide records of two periods of wholesale destruction of marine Miocene organisms, the destroyed portions of which yielded small, local concentrations of phosphate, and these, with calcareous material, produced the isolated accretions. Insoluble residues from the Miocene phosphatie accretions are small in amount, but three times as great from the Gellibrand Clay as from the Rutledge’s Creek Member (Table 2, columns 5 and 6). The residues include pinkish-buff coloured clay, small angular quartz grains, and rare zircon, garnet and white mica. Each of the accretions contains similar amounts of MgCO: (Table 2) and comparable ratios of CaCO;: MgCO; (Table 3). Syngenetic to early diagenetic phosphatic micro-accretions occur as pellets in the Pebble Point Formation, and in both the limestone and the phosphorite in the Clifton Formation. Occasional oolitic eollophane grains in the Dilwyn Silty Clay, and in its thin stratum of interbedded sandstone containing Trochocyathus and Odontaspis, are sometimes rimmed with pyrite, sometimes almost completely replaced by pyrite (Baker, 1943a, p. 248). Pyritic Accretionary Growths Aceretions of pyrite are essentially small, tine-grained crystal aggregates, and are typical of less calcareous to non-calcareous carbonaceous sediments which appear low down in the Tertiary 38 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES succession, although they have also been noted in the earlier lacustrine Lower Cretaceous arkose and in the much later marine Port Campbell Limestone (Miocene). The crystal aggregates tend to be irregular in arrangement; more regular radial structures of spherulitie types (Plate LI. fig. V) are infrequent. Some contain pyritized fossils as nuclei (Plate IL, figs. F and G), Polished surfaces of the pyritic accretions from several horizons in the Tertiary sediments, and also from the Lower Cretaceous arkose, reveal that marcasite is absent (ef, Edwards and Baker, 1951, pp. 40-45; Baker, 1953, p. 128), Lower Cretaceous Pyritic aceretionary growths have been noted in the Lower Cretaceous arkose forming the shore platform on the Devil's Kitchen side of Point Lueton, and are only accessible at low tides. They possess thin, dark brown limonitie exteriors, and occur as single nodules and small groups of nodular forms ranging up to 3” by 2" by 1" in size. Like the caleareous accretions in this rock, some of the pyritic aceretions when freed from the host sediment, reveal &mall flange-like structures developed by slightly extended growth along a prominent bedding plane. They were evidently formed in much the same way and apparently about the same time in the late diagenetic history of the sediments, as were the caleareous and sideritic accretionary growths. l Polished surfaces reveal that the pyrite encloses translucent minerals (quartz and felspar) and the following opaque minerals: magnetite, limonite with occasional remnants of magnetite, ilmenite and rutile. Locally, the pyrite has largely replaced the ‘aleareous and/or argillaceous cement of the arkose host. The pyrite tends to be rather more concentrated in the outer zones of the nodules, forming more heavily pyritized rins approxi- mately 1 mm. thick. In such areas, threads of pyrite are more frequent along cracks in the quartz and along clea "age planes in the felspars, than they are towards central portions of the nodules, Parts of the pyrite nodules are erowded with minute residual particles of unreplaeed gangue; such areas are more common towards central portions of the nodules, Paleocene-Lower Eocene A few pyrite accretions in the Pebble Point Formation are sub-spherical to ovoidal nodules up to 1” across (Plate TI figs. V to X). Several reveal internal radial growths, in places ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 39 interrupted by included detrital quartz grains up to 0-5 mm. in size. Minute euhedra of pyrite are occasionally exposed on outer surfaces of some of the accretions. A few elongated accretions consist of pyrite replacing fossil wood, others are partially replaced shelly fossils. Pyrite accretions occur sporadically in the Dilwyn Silty Clay, where they are sometimes flat and elongated, measuring 13” by 3" by one sixth of an inch. In the thin interbedded sandstone bed containing Trochocyathus and Odontaspis, pyrite nodules are up to 4 mm, in size, while adjacent parts of the same bed reveal pyrite partially replacing the argillaceous matrix. They are larger and more numerous in the Princetown Member (P.M. on fig. 2), where they form nodular growths with variable amounts of interstitial pyrite cement, rather than crystal aggregates, Their shapes vary from sub-spherical (14” across) and ellipsoidal (1” by 3" by 1") to irregularly tuberous (33” by 13” by 1”). Many are dense, compact nodules of pyrite, but some possess papillate protuberances with well-formed pyrite erystals a fraction of a millimetre in size, studded over the outer portions. Many contain detrital sub-angular to sub-rounded quartz grains, some carbonaceous matter, and occasional small areas of unreplaced carbonaceous silty clay. Others form pseudomorphous replacements and impressions of coalified wood fragments and of the corallum and septa of species of T'rocho- cyathus (Baker, 1953, p. 128). Miocene Pyrite accretions are few in number, sporadically distributed and up to 3” long in the Gellibrand Clay (Baker, 1944, p. 101) and in the Port Campbell Limestone and its interbedded Rutledge's Creek Member. Ivregularly shaped forms (Plate LI., fig. G) represent pyritie replacements of branching bryozoans, others partially replaced shelly fossils (Plate IL, fig. F) with only slight disruption of the shells. Pyrite accretions in the Port Campbell Limestone have been principally altered to limonite, more especially where exposed in cliff faces and on the stripped zones (Baker, 1958) near the edges of cliff tops. These accretions generally have the form of long, slender, cylindrical rods with usually more or less parallel, straight sides (sometimes broadly curving), rather roughened surfaces and dark brown colour where strongly oxidised. Several reveal remnants of pyrite occupying the cores of the long cylindrical rods. 40 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES They are usually distributed as sporadic, widely separated individual structures, but in places, as at the northwestern end of Gravel Point, they are rather more concentrated, some two dozen or so occurring over an area of approximately 50 square yards. They range in size up to 8 or 9 inches in length and just under 3” in diameter. Most examples lie parallel with the bedding planes, but a few are oblique to and a small number normal to the bedding; those parallel with the bedding show random orientation within any particular bedding plane. A few broken, weathered specimens possess hollows up to 3 or 4 mm. deep at each end, where either the pyrite core or its more altered and porous decomposition products (limonite, and rarely basie iron sulphates) have been removed; such hollows are not apparently allied to any fossil structures, and no such structures have been observed directly associated with these eylindrieal accretions. They are, however, evidently a result of the activity of sulphur bacteria, and thus indirectly connected with the decomposition of the original organic matter incorporated in the Port Campbell Limestone. Micro-aceretions of pyrite are principally replacements of other micro-structures, often those of minute fossil organisms and occasionally of pellets of phosphate and of glauconite. In polished surfaces of pyrite in the Dilwyn Silty Clay, small fragments of bryozoa have been detected in the pyrite. In phosphatic portions of the interbedded sandstone containing Trochocyathus and Odontaspis, microscopic spherical aggregates of pyrite are embedded in a matrix of collophane, from which they are sometimes separated by thin rims of calcite. Micro- accretions in the Gellibrand Clay (Miocene) result from the pyritic replacement of foeeal pellets and the infilling of the chambers of foraminifera. Significance of the authigenic pyrite The significance of the authigenic pyrite developed in these sediments, lies in the fact that 1t usually forms where marine waters have become more or less stagnant on deoxygenation, as a result of the breakdown of organic matter on bacterial attack During the process, H:S was liberated and reacted with available FeCO: to form pyrite. The organic matter was virtually all marine in the Gellibrand Clay, the Port Campbell Limestone and the Rutledge’s Creek Member. In the Older Tertiary rocks, however, significant quantities of terrestrial organic matter (mainly plant debris) ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 41. were swept into the seas of the period, more especially during deposition of the carbonaceous Princetown Member and oceasionally during deposition of parts of the Dilwyn Silty Clay and the Pebble Point Formation. In these sediments, syngenetic or early diagenetic pyritie accretions were more abundantly developed under conditions of more widespread stagnation. Shelly fossils no longer remain in the Princetown Member, because of the prevailing acidic conditions, In the lacustrine Lower Cretaceous sediments, the organic matter was evidently all of terrestrial origin, and pyritic accretions associated with its decomposition are very limited in distribution, Manganese Dioxide Accretionary Growths Accretions of manganese dioxide are scarce in the Tertiary sequence (Table 1), and have only been noted in the Gellibrand Clay (Miocene), where they are up to 0:5" by 0:4" by 0-4" in size. They are evidently of syngenetic origin and are mainly composed of manganese dioxide with some iron hydroxide and a few detrital grains. Limonitic Accretionary Growtlis The limonitic accretions are epigenetic and result principally from the alteration of pyrite and glauconite in various horizons of the Tertiary sediments, in which they appear as layers and nodules. Paleocene-Lower Hocene Oxidation of the glauconite in gritty sandstones of the Pebble Point Formation in the Moonlight Head—Point Margaret district (fig. 2), has given rise to abundant nodules of limonite and relatively extensive layers of limonite up to 5 feet thick. Their content of quartz grains varies up to 50 per cent. of the rock. Fossil structures have been completely obliterated from parts of the sediments so affected. Oxidation of pyritic nodules in ferruginous sandstones above the Princetown Member, has produced a few limonitie nodules. Lower Miocene-Oligocene A few of the smaller phosphatic nodules and some phosphatized fossils in the Clifton Formation phosphorite, have been completely replaced by limonite, while larger nodules possess enveloping crusts of limonite. Such accretions of limonite result from relatively recent weathering of phosphatic nodules exposed to sub-aerial agents, but examples with thin crusts of 42 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES limonite enveloping a layer of carbonate which is underlain by a zone of lepidocrocite concentric with outer zones, are evidently indicative of the earlier onset of limonitization. Miocene Most of the exposed pyrite nodules and cylindrical accretionary growths in the Gellibrand Clay, Port Campbell Limestone and Rutledge’s Creek Member, have been oxidized to iimonite pseudomorphs. A few exposed by quarrying of the Port Campbell Limestone are rather less altered. Occasional shells originally infilled with, but not replaced by pyrite in the Gellibrand Clay and the Rutledge’s Creek Member, have become disrupted by volume increases attendant upon alteration of the pyrite. Holocene Limonitie accretions (** buckshot gravel ) in an old lateritic soil horizon some 18” below the present soils, are mainly sub- spherical to irregular nodules up to ?” across. Pale to deeper brownixh-vellow, earthy examples are partly calcareous and limonitie, Dark brown to black, more compact varieties are strongly magnetic maghemite. Most of these are structureless. but. some show concentric accretionary growth structures. Variations in composition are reflected in the specific gravity values (Table 4). Associated with dissected Post-Miocene Clays near the edges of cliff tops, occasional mounds up to 6 feet high, composed of irregularly shaped blocks of limonite (up to a foot across), are comparable in origin with the * buckshot gravel”. They represent more extensive deposition of limonite in near-surface positions (Baker, 1958, p. 178). A few other limonitie accretions of somewhat different origin, have been generated in one or two pools in a sea eave in Loch Ard Gorge, where they are partly caleareous and were formed from iron hydroxide slime in caleium carbonate-bearing cave waters (Baker and Frostick, 1951). Micro-aceretions of limonite with sub-spherical shape and oohitie dimensions (2 mm. and under), are relatively numerous among the ** buckshot gravel " components. Glauconitic Accretionary Growths Glauconite occurs almost entirely as miero-aceretions, usually small pellets. These are most abundant in the lower part of the ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 43 Tertiary succession (cf. Table 1), especially in the Pebble Point Formation and the Rivernook Member, and at the base of the Dilwyn Silty Clay ; they are rather less abundant in the sandstone bands interbedded with the Dilwyn Silty Clay. In the younger Tertiary formations, occasional glauconite pellet accretions are dotted through the matrix materials of the Clifton phosphorite. In certain horizons of the Port Campbell Limestone, they are of sufficient abundance in some narrow bands to impart a pale greenish colour to the limestone, as at the Amphitheatre and the environs of Rutledge’s Creek, Where freshly uncovered, the glauconite pellets are green, but oxidation in many exposures has converted a large number of the pellets to a ferruginous clay-like substance. The pellets are mainly ovoidal in shape, and measure 0:5 mm. by 1-0 mm. In places, the glauconite alternates with calcite in ooliths; elsewhere, it forms rims 0-02 mm. thick on quartz grains. Some of the glauconite is weakly pleochroie and biaxial negative, and seems to have been recrystallized, probably as a result of the reconstitution of mica-type clay minerals under shallow water marine conditions, in the presence of organic agents and under reducing conditions. Some of the pellets contain admixed detrital quartz, and were apparently subjected to considerable rolling about on the sea floor. Glauconite pellet accretions in the Port Campbell Limestone and its interbedded Rutledge's Creek Member, are principally ovoidal to sub-spherical in shape, and range up to 1 mm. in size. Several, however, are replaced miero-fossila, more often foraminifera, less frequently ostracods. Siliceous Accretionary Growths Nodules of flint with typical protuberances and irregularities where unbroken, occur among worn calcareous accretions forming the bulk of the infrequent and limited pebbly and cobbly beaches at the base of the steep limestone cliffs, e.g., as at Deany Steps near Port Campbell township. Similar nodular flints among the beach components near Pebble Point, are rare among a host of well-rounded pebbles of roeks alien to known outcrops in these parts of Victoria. Fractured nodules of flint also occur on cliff tops 300 feet above sea level, near Rivernook House, Prineetown district; these were evidently collected from the beaches by the aborigines, and utilized by them for various purposes. 44 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES The flint nodules are dense, more or less homogeneous microcrystalline to eryptocrystalline aggregates of chalcedonic silica and quartz, and structureless except for the occasional fossils present. All are patinated, with grey to white erusts surrounding dark grey to almost black cores of varying diameter compared with the widths of the patinated crusts. A few are light grey to buff-coloured throughout, indicating extensive patination. These flint nodules have not been observed in situ in any rocks of the district, and although their content of sponge spicules, echinoid spines, brvozoal fragments and occasional foraminifera seems to be generally like that of the Port Campbell Limestone, it cannot be proved at present that the nodules were syngenetically developed therein, It seems more likely that they originated elsewhere (e.g., from the Gambier Limestone in South Australia), and were carried into the area by recent ocean currents. Sulphatie Accretionary Growths Accretions composed of hydrous sulphates of lime (selenite) and of iron (copiapite, &e.), are epigenetic and restricted to those horizons in the Tertiary sediments which are richest in pyrite nodules. Selenite, the least common type, occurs in the Princetown Member and in other parts of the Dilwyn Silty Clay, as isolated erystals up to an inch long, and as a few aggregates of blade-like crystals up to 3 mm. long, often cloudy from inclusion of silt and clay from the host rock, Rare, flat-lving seams consist of the more fibrous variety of gypsum, In sediments such as the Gellibrand Clay and the Rutledge’s Creek Member, small crystals of selenite are usually confined to enerustations on partially oxidized pyritie replacements of fossil gasteropods and bryozoa. More common, especially in the carbonaceous sediments n the lower portions of the Tertiary sequence, are pale sulphur yellow and sometimes deeper yellow to pale orange coloured. earthy nodules of irregular shape, and narrow seams and films along poorly defined bedding and joint planes. These consist of basic iron sulphates derived from alteration of the pyritic accretionary growths, and in places they have migrated considerable distanees through the host sediments, picking out structure planes that are otherwise diffieult to trace. ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 45 I alite Microscopic crystals of halite up to 1 mm. in size at the most, and aggregate growths of halite in parts of the Princetown Member and the Rutledge's Creek Member, are locally abundant and epigenetic in origin. They are derived largely from present day cyclic salts, and as a result of wetting by salt spray followed by drying, the crystallization of halite (i) in the pore spaces of the rock, Gi) along contacts between host rock and fossils, and (ii) within the structural elements of some of the fossils, plays an important part in causing swelling and disintegration of the sediments, DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. Plate I. A to U—caleareous accretions from the Port Campbell Limestone at Marble Arch, 3 miles west of Port Campbell, Victoria. (all x 0-9). Plate II. CAS to. 2— ale O92 A to D—caleareous accretions from the Port Campbell Limestone at Broken Head (A), at Deany Steps (B) and at Pulpit Rock (C and D). E—portion of phosphatic accretion with included shell fragments, from coquina band in Rutledge's Creek Member, Rutledge’s Creek, 3$ miles east-southeast of Port Campbell. F to K- partially oxidized pyritic replacements and nodules from the Gellibrand Clay, 14 mile west of Princetown, Victoria. In F, pyrite has partially disrupted a gasteropod; in G, pyrite has replaced a fragment of a bryozoan. L to N—calcareous accretions from the Gellibrand Clay, 1i mile west of Princetown, Victoria. O—portion of 18” long phosphatic accretion from the Gellibrand Clay, 1i mile west of Princetown, Victoria. P—septarian nodule (calcareous) from calcareous clay immediately above the Clifton limestone, nearly 1 mile southwest of Princetown, Victoria. Q—caleareous nodule with white, chalky crust (enclosing buff-coloured, more compact core), from same locality and horizon as P. R to U—superficially oxidized phosphatic replacements and nodules from the Clifton Formation phosphorite, nearly 1 mile southwest of Prince- town, Victoria. R= tuberous form; S= half of a cylindrical form, with depression at the top; T — replaced bryozoan; U — sub-spherical nodule polished by exposure to recent wave action. V to X—unaltered pyritic nodules from the Pebble Point Formation, Pebble Point, 3% miles southeast of Princetown, Victoria. V—— broken in half to expose internal radial growth structure. Y to Z—sub-spherical to irregularly shaped phosphatic—calcareous—glauco- nitic accretions from the Pebble Point Formation, Pebble Point and environs, 3? miles southeast of Princetown, Victoria. Z—reveals occasional quartz grains 3 mm. across. ea ee 46 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES REFERENCES. Baker, G., 1942.— Sand stalagmites. Journ. Geology, v. 50, pp. 662-667. Baker, G., 1943A.— Eocene deposits southeast of Princetown, Victoria, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, v. 55 (2), pp. 238-255. Baker, G., 19435. —Features of a Victorian limestone coastline. Journ. Geology. V. 51, pp. 359-386. Baker, G., 1944. The geology of the Port Campbell district. Proc. Roy. Soc. MIGS vs 00: CI pps. Baker, G., 1945.—-Phosphate deposit near Princetown, Victoria, Journ. Sed. Petr v. 15, pp. 88-92. Baker, G., 1950.—Geology and physiography of the Moonlight Head district. Victoria. Proc. Roy, Soc. Vic., v. 60, pp. 17-43. Baker, G., 1953.— The relationship of Cyclammina-bearing sediments to the Older Tertiary deposits southeast of Princetown, Victoria. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vic. (Melb.), No. 18, pp. 125-134. Baker, G., 1958. —Stripped zones at cliff edges along a high wave energy coast. Port Campbell, Victoria. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., v. 70, pp. 175-179. Baker, G. and Frostick, A.C., 1951— Pisoliths, ooliths and calcareous growths in limestone caves at Port Campbell, Victoria. Journ. Sed. Petr. v. 21, pp. 85-104. Davidson, F. and Atkin, D., 1953.—On tke occurrence of uranium in phosphate rock, pp. 13-31 of “ Origine des gisements de phosphates de chaux”, Congres Geologique International, Comptes Rendus, 19th Session, Alger. 1952, Section XI., Fascicule XI. Edwards, A. B. and Baker, G., 1943—Jurassic arkose in Southern Victoria. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., v. 55 (2), pp. 195-228. Edwards, A. B. and Baker, G., 1951.—Some occurrences of supergene iron sulphides in relation to their environments of deposition. Journ. Sed. Petr., v. 21, pp. 34-46. Tarr, W. A., 1921.—Syngenetic origin of concretions in shale. Geol. Soc. America, Bull, v. 32, pp. 373-384. Thompson, M. E., 1953.—Distribution of uranium in rich phosphate beds of the Phosphoria Formation. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., v. 988-D, pp. 45-67. Weeks, L. G., 1953.—Environment and mode of origin and facies relationships of carbonate concretions in shales. Journ. Sed. Petr., v. 23, pp. 162-173. Wilkinson, C. S., 1865.—Report on the Cape Otway country. (From Parlia- mentary Papers, 1864-1865). Rept. Geol. Surv. Vic. for 1863-64, pp. 21-28. ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES 47 PLATE I. 48 ACCRETIONARY GROWTH STRUCTURES PLATE II, CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 49: CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES AND FIGURED SPECIMENS IN THE NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA. PART 1. | By Edmund D. Gill, Curator of Fossils, assisted by Mrs. E. M. Davies and J. J. Jenkin. The first part of a catalogue of types and figured specimens (Quaternary) has already been published (Gill 1953), with a statement of the prineiples on which fossils are numbered and registered in this institution. Plants, brachiopods and trilobites are covered in the present list. It was purposed originally to. re-figure specimens needing this attention, but so many require modern illustration and re-description that it was found necessary at this stage only to list them. However, a few notes are provided on classification, and where the determination given in the literature is believed to be doubtful, the name has been placed in inverted commas, 1. PLANTAR. Archaeopteris howittii McCoy. P 1316 Upper Devonian. P 1318 Iguana Creek, Mitchell River, Gippsland, Victoria. Syntype (P 1316; counterpart P 1318). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. 4: 21, pl. 36, figs. 1-2a. Axis with laterally placed branch. P 15219 Silurian. Quarry on N. side of Warburton-Woods Point road, about 17 miles from the latter township. Also called “ Yarra Track" and “19 mile quarry " because it is 19 miles from McVeigh’s, a village now under the Upper Yarra dam, Victoria. Harris and Thomas (1937) call this site the “ 18$ mile quarry ", while Lang and Cookson (1935) describe it as being 17 miles from Woods Point. This locality is referred to in further references in this list as Woods Point Road, Victoria. Figured specimen. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 32, fig. 46. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. P 15205 Silurian. Woods Point Road, Victoria. i Syntype counterpart (the type was left with Prof. W. H. Lang of Manchester). j Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 29, fig. 2. 6259 /60.—4 50 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 29, fig. 3. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Woods Point Road, Victoria (recorded in Killingworth Road, Victoria). Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 29, fig. 5. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Locality 4-5, Alexandra, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 29, fig. 10. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Woods Point Road, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935, Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 30, fig. 12. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Kilingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935, Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 30, fig. 14. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935, Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-449. pl. 30, fig. 15. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil, Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 30, fig. 16. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Lond. B.224: 421-429, pl. 30, figs. 17-18. Trans. error Trans. Trans. Trans. Trans. Trans. Trans. Trans. P 15206 Roy. Soc. P 15207 as from Roy. Soc. P 15208 Roy. Soc. P 15209 Roy. Soc. P 15210 Roy. Soc. P 15211 Roy. Soc. P5212 Roy. Soc. P 15213 Roy. Soc. n" — À CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 30, figs. 20-22. Baragwanathia longijolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 30, figs. 23-24, pl. 31, fig. 25. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 31, fig. 27. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Woods Point Road, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-429, pl. 29, fig. 1. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Woods Point Road, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 29, fig. 6. Walton, J., 1953. An introduction to the study of fossil plants, London. fig. 4B. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Woods Point Road, Victoria. Syntype. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 30, fig. 11. Walton, J., 1953. An introduction to the study of fossil plants, London. fig. 4A. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson, with Monograptus. Silurian. i Woods Point Road, Victoria. Hypotype. l Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B-224: 421-449, pl. 32, fig. 51. 51 P 15214 P 15215 P 15216 P 25129 P 15226 PSZT P 15220 52 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 37. cf. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15173; counterpart P 15174). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 38. cf. Baragwanathia longifolia Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 39. Baragwanathia with Monograptus. Silurian. Locality 9, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15221; counterpart P 15222). B.225: 1252229: 1:2293 Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl 32, fig. 52. Baragwanathia with Monograptus. Silurian. Locality 9, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15223; counterpart P 15224). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 32, fig. 53. Branch system. Silurian. Halls Flat Road, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C. 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 22. Branched stem. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15183; counterpart P 15184). Cookson, I. C. 1935. Phil. Trans:. Roy. Soc. Lond. 127-148, pl 11. fig. 45. Branched axis showing base of third branch. Lower Devonian. Warburton—Woods Point Road, near Yankee Jim Reefton, Victoria. Figured specimen. B.225: 32225; Creek, Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 6, fig. 26. P 15172 P 15173-4 FLINO P 15221-2 P 15223-4 P 15169 P 15183-4 E5240 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES o3 " * Bythotrephis divaricata Kidston ". P 12883 Lower Devonian. Centennial Mine (Vale’s Adit), Walhalla, Victoria. Hypotype. E F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict, 3: 231-233, pl. 38, ue du Bythotrephis tenuis Hall. P2978 * Silurian (Melbournian). Botanical Gardens, Melbourne, Victoria. Hypotype. VERDI F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 15: 104-5, pl. 16, EE Coiled stem tip. P 15170 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. i Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B,225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 19. Confervites acicularis GOppert. P 12884 Silurian. Centennial Mine (Vale's Adit) Walhalla, Victoria. Hypotype. Chapman, F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 3: 224-233, pl. 38, I9. Cordaites australis McCoy. P 1309 Upper Devonian. P 1307 Iguana Creek, Mitchell River, Gippsland, Victoria. Syntype (P1309; counterpart P 1307). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. 4: 22-3, pl. 36, fig. 7 (figure reversed). Cordaites australis McCoy. BTST0 Upper Devonian. P 1308 Iguana Creek, Mitchell River, Gippsland, Victoria. Syntype (P 1310; counterpart P 1308). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. 4: 22-3, J ioe apse MS (figure reversed). Curved stem showing spines. P 15178-9 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15178; counterpart P149); Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 41. Dichotomous axis. P 15218 ' Silurian. Killingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Figured specimen. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 32, fig. 47. 54 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Encrustation showing two connected axes. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 21. Epidermal pattern on encrustation. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 40. Fructification, incertae sedis. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 36. Girvanella conferta Chapman. Lower Devonian. Tyers River, Gippsland, Victoria. Tectoholotype (slide from large pellet). Chapman, F., 1907. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 2: 74-5, pl. 6, figs. 13-14. Chapman, F., 1908. Rept. A.A.N.S. Adelaide Mtg. 1907, 11: 377-386, pl. 2, figs. 3-4. Girvanella? pisolitica Weathered. Lower Devonian. Tyers River, Gippsland, Victoria. Figured specimen (slide showing initial stages). Chapman, F., 1907. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 2: 75, pl. 5, fig. 10. Chapman, F., 1908. Rept. A.A.N.8. Adelaide Mtg. 1907, 11: 377-386, pl. 1, figs. 1-6. Girvanella wetheredii Chapman. Lower Devonian. Tyers River, Gippsland, Victoria. Tectohypotype (slide from small pellet). Chapman, F., 1907. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 2: 75, pl. 5, figs. 11-12. Chapman, F., 1908. Rept. A.A.N.S. Adelaide Mtg. 1907, 11: 377-386, pl. 2, figs. 1-2. j “ Haliserites dechenianus Göppert ". Silurian. Near Northern Boundary, Thomson River, Victoria. Hypotype (Ovate? leaves; counterpart P 12879). Chapman, F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 3: 231-233, pl. 37 fig. 1. URL AM P 15168 P 15176-7 P 15146 P 12832 P 12830 P 12831 P 12878 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES “ Haliserites dechenianus Géppert”’. Silurian. Near Northern Boundary, Thomson River, Victoria. Hypotype (circinate termination; counterpart P 12878). ccr F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 3: 231-233, pl. 37, e. 2. * Haliserites dechenianus Góppert ". Lower Devonian. Centennial Mine, Walhalla, Victoria. Hypotype (stem with ? sporangiophore and leaves). Chapman, F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 3: 231-233, pl 37, Tip. * Haliserites dechenianus Göppert ". Lower Devonian. West of Thomson River, Gippsland, Victoria. Hypotype (stem and leaves). Chapman, F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 3: 231-233, pl. 37, figs. 4-5. Hedeia corymbosa Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Syntype. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, figs. 27-28. Hedeia corymbosa Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Syntype. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond, B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, figs. 29-30. Hedeia corymbosa Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Syntype (P 15140; counterpart P 15141). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, figs. 25-26. Hedeia corymbosa Cookson. Silurian, Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Syntype (P 15142; counterpart P 15143). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 31. Hedeia cf. corymbosa Cookson. Lower Devonian. Syme’s Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 14659; counterpart P 14658). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pl. 5, fig. 17. 55 P 12879 P 12880 P 12881 P 15130 P 15139 P 15140-1 P 15142-3 P 14658-9 56 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES .Hedeia cf. corymbosa Cookson. P 14661-2, 14664 Lower Devonian. . . Corner of Main Street and Albert Hill Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimens (branch system P14661-2; counterpart P 14664). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-181, pl. 4, figs. 10-11. .Hedeia cf. corymbosa. Lower Devonian. Corner of Main Street and Albert Hill Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 14663; counterpart P 14660). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pico, fig. 16. Hedeia cf. corymbosa Cookson. P 15237 Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pl. 4, fig. 9. .Hedeia cf. corymbosa Cookson. P 15238-9 Lower Devonian. Albert Hill Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15239; counterpart P 15238). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pl. 5, fig. 15. ‘ef. Hostimella sp. P 15163 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 16. ‘ef. Hostimella sp. P 15164-5 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15164; counterpart P 15165). Cookson, I. C, 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 17. ‘ef. Hostimella sp. P 15166 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I C.. 1985. Phil. Trans; Roy, Soc. Lond. B.225; 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 18. Hostimella sp. P 15185 Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. Counterpart (in sandstone with plant remains). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B219: 133-165; pl. 11, fie. 1: P 14663 P 14660 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Hostimella sp. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. Figured specimen (smooth axis showing two lateral Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. CLIS ORPI Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 11, fig. 3. Hostimella sp. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. Figured specimen (axis with one branch). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 11, fig. 4. Hostimella sp. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria, Figured specimen (axis with one branch). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl 11, fig. 5. Hostimella sp. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria, Figured specimen (branched axis). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Lond: B219; 133-163, pL 11. fig, 7 Hostimella sp. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria, Figured specimen (branched axis). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 11, fig. 8. Hostimella sp. Lower Devonian. Knott, Narracan Shire, Victoria. Figured specimen (branched axis). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl 11, fig. 9. Pachytheca sp. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. . Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc, 127-148, pl. 10, figs. 1-2. Palaeachlya cf. tortuosa Etheridge. Silurian. Flemington, Victoria. Trans. Roy. Trans. Roy. Trans. Roy: Trans, Roy. Trans. Roy. Trans. Roy. Figured specimen (on same slide as P 12329). Chapman, F., 1911. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 179-186, pl. 45, fig. 6. branches). Soc. Soc. Soc. Soc. Lond. B.225: 2T P 15187 P 15188 P 15189 P 15190 POLIN Jg ESAE P15225 P 12331 58 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Pinnately branched axis. Lower Devonian. Warburton-Woods Point Road, near Yankee Jim Creek, Reefton, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 6, fig. 24. Pinnately branched smooth axis. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 20. “ Psilophyton " sp. Silurian. "Quarry 18 miles E. of McVeigh's", Victoria. Figured specimen. Keble, R. A., 1933. Vict. Nat. 49: 293-296, fig. 2. * Psilophyton " s Silurian. "Quarry 18 miles E. of McVeigh's ", Victoria. Figured “ae Keble, R. A., 1933. Vict. Nat. 49: 293-296, fe. 5i Reniform body with small concavities. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 8. Reticulate encrustation. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. v ay specimen. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 13, fig. 40. Ribbed branched axis. Lower Devonian, North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria, Figured specimen. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. AL, fig. 2. Ribbed stem. Silurian. Hall’s Flat Road, Alexandra, Victoria. specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. L a 121-148, pl. 10, fig. 24. ond. B.225: P 15245 P 15167 P 13750 P 13153 P 15153 P 15201 P 15186 PTOL CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Shortly stalked tuberculate body. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (? sporangium). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 6. Slender axis with branch. Silurian, Kilingworth Road, Yea, Victoria. Figured specimen. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.224: 421-449, pl. 32, fig. 45. Small branch system. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 42. Smooth axis. Lower Devonian. Woods Point, Victoria. Figured specimen. Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 13, fig. 42. Smooth axis with smaller lateral branch. Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pl. 5, fig. 20. Smooth branched axis. Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15240; counterpart P 15241). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pl. 5, fig. 18. Smooth branched axis. Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 117-131, pl. 5, fig. 19. Specimen showing “ H ”-shaped branching. Lower Devonian. Warburton-Woods Point Road, near Yankee Jim Creek, Reefton, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 6, fig. 23. 59 P 15151 P 15217 P 15180 P 15202 P 15243 P 15240-1 P 15242 P 15244 60 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Sphaerocodium gippslandicum Chapman. P 13908-10 Middle Devonian. Junction of Wombat Creek and Mitta Mitta River, N.E. Victoria. Holotype (P 13908-9 in limestone; P 13910 slide). Chapman, F., 1920. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 4: 179-182, pl. 16, IBS HD Sphenopteris (Eremopteris) iguanensis McCoy. P 1226-9 Upper Devonian. Iguana Creek, Gippsland, Victoria. Syntypes. McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. 4: 22, pl. 36, figs. 3-54. Spherical tuberculate body. P 15147-8 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15147; counterpart P 15148). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 3. Spherical tuberculate body. : P 15149-50 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15149; counterpart P 15150). Cookson, 1:65 19385" Pb “Frans. Roy. Soc; Lond. B225: 127-148, pl. 10, figs. 4-5. Sporoganites chapmanii Lang and Cookson. P 15193-4 Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. Holotype (P 15193; counterpart P 15194). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219, 133-163, pl. 11, figs. 10-12. Sporogonites chapmanii forma minor Lang and Cookson. P 15195-6 Lower Devonian. Stringer's Creek, Walhalla, Victoria. Holotype (P 15195; counterpart P 15196). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 11, figs. 13-14. cf. Sporogonites. P 15228 Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 4, fig. 1. cf. Sporogonites. Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15229; counterpart je 15230). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 4 figs. 3, 2. i P 15229-30 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Stem showing small concavites. Lower Devonian. Warburton-Woods Point Road, near Yankee Jim Creek, Reefton, Victoria. t Figured specimen. : pu I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 6, Eg. 25. Stem with small elevations. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C, 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 43. Stem with larger elevations. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 44. Tuberculate reniform body. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (sporangium). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 7. Yarravia cf. oblonga Lang and Cookson. Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15231; counterpart P 15232). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 4, figs. 4-5. Yarravia cf. oblonga Lang and Cookson. Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb, 16: 117-131, pl. 4, fig. 6: cf. Yarravia oblonga Lang and Cookson. Silurian. , 1 Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15137; counterpart P 15138). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 11, fig. 34. cf. Yarravia oblonga Lang and Cookson. Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Figured specimen (P 15144; counterpart P 15145). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 121-148, pl. 11, fig. 35. 61 P 15246 P 15181 P 15182 P5152 P 15231-2 P 15233 P 15137-8 P 15144-5 62 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15197-8 Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. Syntype (P 15197; counterpart P 15198). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 12, figs. 15-17. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. Lower Devonian. North Road Quarry, Walhalla, Victoria. Syntype (P 15200; counterpart P 15199). Lang, W. H., and Cookson, I. C., 1930. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.219: 133-163, pl. 12, figs. 18-20. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15131-2 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype (P 15131; counterpart P 15132). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 12. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15154 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 9. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15155-6 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype (P 15155; counterpart P 15156). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 10. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson, P 15157 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 11. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15158-9 Silurian. Hall’s Flat Road, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype (P 15158; counterpart P 15159). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 13. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15160 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype. Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 14. à P 15199-200 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 63 Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15161-2 Silurian. Mt. Pleasant, Alexandra, Victoria. Hypotype (P 15161; counterpart P 15162). Cookson, I. C., 1935. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.225: 127-148, pl. 10, fig. 15. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15234-5 Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (P 15234; counterpart P 15235). Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: pl. 4, fig. 7. Zosterophyllum australianum Lang and Cookson. P 15236 Lower Devonian. Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype. Cookson, I. C., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 16: 117-131, pl. 4, fig. 8. 2. BRACHIOPODA * Atrypa aspersa. (Schlotheim) ”. P 12413 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). 5 Loyola, via Mansfield, Victoria. Hypotype (external mould of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, fig. 14. Atrypa fimbriata Chapman. P 12415 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Near Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, figa: Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus). P 12258 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Hypotype (both valves). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 25-26, pl. 47, figs. 1-1c (figures reversed). “ Spirigerina reticularis ”. Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39. Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus). P 12259 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: pl. 47, fig. 2 (figure reversed). “ Spirigerina reticularis”. Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39. 64 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Atrypa reticularis decurrens Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock’s Quarry, near Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (external mould of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, fig. 13. Australocoelia polyspera (Gill). Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right Bank, Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Hypotype (ventral valve). Boucot, A. J., and Gill, E. D., 1956. J. Paleont. 30: 1173-1178, pl. 126, fig. 14. Australocoelia polyspera (Gill). Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right Bank, Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Hypotype (dorsal valve). Boucot, A. J., and Gill, E. D., 1956. J. Paleont. 30: 1173-1178, Dive Gate. wi Camarotoechia synchoneua Gill. Lower Devonian. Loc. 17, Smelter’s Ridge, S.E. of Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949. 231-258, PE STRES nha, Camaroteochia synchoneua Gill. Lower Devonian. Loc. 17, Smelter’s Ridge, S.E. of Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949. 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 19-20. Chonetes australis McCoy. Middle Devonian. Buchan, Victoria. Hypotype (calcined ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 21-12, text fig. T. Chonetes australis McCoy. Middle Devonian. Buchan, Victoria. Hypotype (acid etched ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 21-12, text fig. 6. Chonetes cresswelli Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). North of Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 12, IIo. Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 57: 125-150. Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 57-72, pl. 3, fig. 5. P 12412 P 16810 P 16811 P 14844 P 14845 P 15134 P 652 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 65 Chonetes cresswelli Chapman. P 14712 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). * Wilson's ", Loc. 2, Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern and external mould). Gill E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 57-72, text fig. 2. Chonetes melbournensis Chapman. P 636 Silurian (Melbournian). Yarra Improvement Works, South Yarra, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. Ei, figs. 3-4. Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 57: 125-150. Chonetes melbournensis Chapman. P 1419 Silurian (Melbournian). Sewerage Tunnel, near old Fishmarket, Melbourne, Victoria. Syntype (ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 11, fig. 2. Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 57: 125-150. Chonetes micrus Gill. P 14698-9 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Hull Road, Mooroolbark, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern P 14698 and external mould P 14699 of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 51-12, pl. 3, figs. 6-8. Chonetes micrus Gill. P 14700-1 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Hull Road, Mooroolbark, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern P 14701 and external mould P 14700 of a dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 57-72, pl. 3, figs. 9-11, text fig. 3. Chonetes productoida, Gill. P 14520 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). North of Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (internal cast of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Boor Vick, STe 25-1900 pi 3, figs. 7, 12. Chonetes productoida Gill. P 14521 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). North of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (internal cast of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc: Vict. 5% 125-150, pL 8; fie) os Chonetes psiloplia Gill. P 14519 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Killara, Victoria. Holotype (internal cast of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 57: 125-150, pl. 8, fig. 15. 6259 /60.—5 66 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Chonetes robustus Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). North of Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve and external mould of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 12, fig. 8. Gill, E. D., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 91-115, pl. 3, fig. Tu. Gill, E. D., Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 51: 125-150. Chonetes robustus Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). North of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82. Gill, E. D., Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 91-115, pl. 3, fig. 15. Chonetes aff. ruddockensis Gill. Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Quarry on N. bank of creek, N. of timber mill, N. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, DIES Babee SD. Coelospira australis Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Mitta Mitta River, N.E. Victoria. Holotype. Chapman, F., 1917. Rec. Geol. Survey Vict. 4: 103-104, pl. 32, fig. 43. Coelospira australis Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Cowombat, near Forest Hill, Gippsland, Victoria. Paratype. Chapman, F., 1917. Rec. Geol. Survey Vict. 4: 103-104, pl. 32, fig. 44. Conchidium sp. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern, umbonal part of both valves). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 28-29, pl. 47, fig. 10 (figure reversed). “ Pentamerus australis.” Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-38, pl. 2, fig. 9. Crania pulchelloides Chapman. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock’s Quarry, near Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 10 figs. 2a-b. i P 1417 P 1418 P 14804 P 13969 P 792 P 12244 P 12399 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 67 Craniella lata Chapman. P 896 Silurian (Melbournian). Yarra Improvement Works, South Yarra, Victoria. Holotype. Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 10, figs. 4, 14. ?Cymatostrophia cresswelli (Chapman). P 669-670 Silurian. Deep Creek, 7 miles S.W. of Walhalla, Victoria. Holotype (counterparts of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, joy abl figs. 8-10. “ Plectabonites ". Cyrtia tasmaniensis Gill. P 14547 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of two valves together). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston. 2: 57-74, DES lips: Cyrtia tasmaniensis Gill. P 14548-9 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern P14548 and external mould P 14549 of ventral valve). Gill E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Mus. Launceston. 2: 57-74, pl. 8, . figs. 24-6. Cyrtina sub-biplicata Chapman. P 12416 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock’s Quarry, Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, figs. 16a-c. Eatonia (Eatonia) pleonecta Gill. P 14840 Lower Devonian. Loc. 23, Smelter’s Ridge, S.E. of Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of both valves). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 33-35. Eatonia (Eatonia) pleonecta Gill. P 14841-2 Lower Devonian. Loc. 23, Smelter’s Ridge, S.E. of Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern P 14841 and external mould P 14842, of ventral valve). Gill E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, fig. 34. 68 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Eatonia (Pareatonia) euplecta Gill. Lower Devonian. f Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern with associated piece of external mould). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston. 2: 57-74, pl. 8, figs. 16-18. Eatonia (Pareatonia) euplecta Gill. Lower Devonian. Block non in situ from bed of N. branch of Nelson River where it crosses Lyell Highway, 14 miles E. of Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of both valves together). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston. 2: 57-74, pl. 8, figs. 15, 19-22. Eospirifer sp. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). " Wilson's", Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1942, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 54: 21-52, pl. 6, fig. 8. Eospirifer sp. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock's Quarry, Lilydale, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1942. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 54: 21-52, pl. 6, figs. 8-9. Eospirifer densilineatus (Chapman). Silurian. Creek near Glenburnie Road, Whittlesea, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1908. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 21: 217-224, pl. 5, fier 2. “ Spirifer Gill, E. D., 1942. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 54: 21-52. Eospirifer densilineatus (Chapman). Silurian. Cemetery Hill Road, Whittlesea, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern P10302 and external mould P 10303 of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1908. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 21: 217-224, pl. 5, figs. 1-3. " Spirifer ". Gill, E. D., 1942. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 54: 21-52. * Eospirifer macropleurus (Conrad) ". Silurian. Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 22-23, pl. 46, fi reversed). * Spirifera plicatella var. macropleura 7. g. 8 (figure ' P 14545 P 14546 P 14105 P 14106 P 10301 P 10302-3 P 883 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 69 “ Hospirifer macropleurus (Conrad) ”. P 884 Silurian. Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 22-23, pl. 46, fig. 7-7b (figures reversed). * Spirifera plicatella var. macropleura ”. Eospirifer parahentius Gill. P 14792 P 15712 Lower Devonian (Bell shale). Right bank Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of both valves P 14792; external mould of dorsal valve P 15712). Since description the steinkern has parted from the matrix, thus revealing that it is a steinkern of both valves. Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pL L fig, I. Eospirifer parahentius Gill. P 14793 P 14826 Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right bank Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern P 14793 and external mould P 14826 of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. £ Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 4-6. Eospirifer parahentius Gill. P 14826 Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right bank Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D, 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, PERNIS cea. Gypidula victoriae Chapman. P 12411 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock's Quarry, near Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of both valves). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc, Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, fig. 12. Hipparionyx minor Clarke. P 14104 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). ^ Wilson's", Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (internal cast of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1942. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 54: 21-52, pl. 6, fig. 2. Howittia howitti (Chapman). 255 Middle Devonian. Bindi, Victoria. Holotype (both valves). Chapman, F., 1905. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18: 16-19, pl. 5, figs. 4a-c. “ Spirifer howitti”. Talent, J. A., 1956. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 68: 1-56. CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Howittia howitti (Chapman). Middle Devonian. Bindi, Victoria. Paratype (parts of both valves). Chapman, F., 1905. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18: 16-19, pl. 5, fig. 5. “Spirifer howitti". Talent; J. A. 1050. Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 68: 1-56. Howittia howitti (Chapman). Middle Devonian. Bindi, Victoria. Paratype (dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1905. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18: 16-19, pl. 5, fig. 6. “ Spirifer howitti ". Talent, J. A., 1956. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 68: 1-56. Kozlowskiella cf. cooperi (Gill). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Figured specimen (ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 23-24, pl. 46, figs. 10, 10a, (figures reversed). “ Spirifera sulcata ". Gill, EnD 1951. Proc Roy..<80c.. Vict: 63: 31-39 Boucot, A. J., 1957. Senckenberg. Leth. 38: 311-334. Kozlowskiella cf. cooperi (Gill). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Figured specimen (both valves). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 23-24, pl. 46, figs. 9-9b, (figures reversed). “Spirifera sulcata ". Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39. Boucot, A. J., 1957. Senckenberg. Leth. 38: 311-334. * Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilckens) ”’. Lower Devonian. Loyola, near Mansfield, Victoria. Figured specimen (interior of brachial valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, ayes ho figs. 4-5. This is probably a Leptaenisca. ?Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilckens). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Figured specimen (ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 19-20, pl. 46, fig. 1 (figure reversed). Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39. ?Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilckens). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Loyola, near Mansfield, Victoria. Figured specimen. Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl 10 fig. 3. ^a ror Gill, E. D., 1942. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 54: 21-52. P 7596 P7597 P 12256 P 12257 P 12402 P 12184 P 12401 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES "1 Leptocoelia polyspera Gill. P 14795-7 Lower Devonian. Little Henty River, right bank, 1 mile S.E. Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve P 14795). Paratype (steinkern P14796 and external mould P 14797 of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 25-28, 38. Lingula flemingtonensis Chapman. P 12064 Silurian. Moonee Ponds Creek, Flemington, Victoria. Holotype. Chapman, F., 1911. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 179-186, pl. 45, fig. 1. * Lingula lewisti var. flemingtonensis.” This sub-species is here raised to full specific rank. Lingula flemingtonensis Chapman. P 12065 Silurian. Moonee Ponds Creek, Flemington, Victoria. Paratype. Chapman, F., 1911. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 179-186, probably pl. 45, figs. 2-6, taken from this specimen, which was designated the paratype by Chapman. Lingula flemingtonensis Chapman. P2329 Silurian. Moonee Ponds Creek, Flemington, Victoria. Tecto-paratype (slide). Chapman, F., 1911. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 179-186, pl. 45, figs. 3, 5. Lingula flemingtonensis Chapman. BPEZI2330 Silurian. Moonee Ponds Creek, Flemington, Victoria. Tecto-paratype (slide). Chapman, F., 1911. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 179-186, pl. 45, fig. 4. Lingula spryi Chapman. P 598 Silurian. Swanston Street Sewer, near Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria. Holotype (? Ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: pl. 10, fig. 9, 9a. Lingula cf. striata Sowerby. P 12061 Silurian (Melbournian). Yarra Improvement Works, South Yarra, Victoria. Figured specimen. Chapman, F., 1911. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 45, figs T. 72 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES * Lingulidiscina, ranfti Allan. P 14751 Lower Devonian (Reefton Beds). Reefton, New Zealand. Holotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Allan, R. S., 1935. D.S.I.R. Pal. Bull. 14: 1-72, pl. 2, fig. 8. Maoristrophia banksi Gill. P 14608-11 Lower Devonian. Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve P 14609). Paratype (steinkern of dorsal valve P 14610). Hypotype (steinkern of young specimen P 14611). Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve P 14608). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258. Gill, E. D., 1952. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand. 80: 171-185, pl. 36, figs. 4-8. Maoristrophia careyi Gill. P 14605-6 Lower Devonian. Little Henry River, 1 mile S.E. Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern P 14605 and external mould P 14606 of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258. Gill E. D., 1952. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand. 80: 171-185, pl. 36, figs. 1-2. Maoristrophia careyi Gill. P 14607-8 Lower Devonian. Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern P 14607 and external mould P 14608 of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258. Gill, E. D., 1952. Trans, Roy. Soc. New Zealand. 80: 171-185, pl. 36, figs. 3-4. Maoristrophia keblei Gill. P 14612-4 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Hull Road, Loc. 13, Mooroolbark, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern P 14612 and external mould P 14613 of ventral valve). Paratype (steinkern of dorsal valve P 14614). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258 Gill E. D., 1952. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand. 80: 171-185, pl. 36, figs. 9-11. i Maoristrophia neozelanica Allan. P 14786 Lower Devonian. Baton River Beds, Baton River, South Island, New Zealand Hypotype. ` Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Ro pl. 1, fig. 39 y. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258. CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Meristella australis (McCoy). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Lectoholotype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 28-29, pl. 47, figs. 9-9a (figures reversed). “ Pentamerus australis ”. CMP ESD 19512:63:3£691-39 DE 2; figs: 1-2, Meristella australis (McCoy). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Lectoparatype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 28-29, pl. 47, fig. 11 (figure reversed). “ Pentamerus australis ”. | Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39, pl. 2, figs. 7-8. Meristella australis (McCoy). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Yering, Victoria. Lectohypotype (steinkern, ? ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 28-29, pl. 47, fig. 12 (figure reversed). “Pentamerus australis ”. Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63:, 31-39. Meristella bellensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve P 14823). Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve P 14823). Paratype (steinkern of dorsal valve P 14824). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 14-18. Notanoplia australis (Gill). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Wither’s Loc. 5, C.R.B. Quarry S. of Kinglake W. or Tommy’s Hut Road, 1 mile S.W. Kinglake West, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 57: 125-150, pl. 8, fig. 4. Notanoplia loyolensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Loyola, near Mansfield, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 10, figs. 6-7. “ Leptaena rhomboidalis ?. Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 57-72, pl. 3, figs. 1-4. Notanoplia pherista Gill. Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right bank Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas, for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 29-30. 73 P 12243 P 12242 P 12241 P 14823-4 P 14790 P 12403 P 14827 we CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Notanoplia pherista Gill. P 14827-8 Lower Devonian. Right bank Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern P 14828 and external mould P 14827 of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 31-32. Notoconchidium florencensis Gill. P 14798-9 Lower Devonian. Silver Bell Railway Station Yard, cutting on E. side, S. of Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern P 14799 and external mould P 14798 of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl. 1, figs. 7-9. Notoconchidium thomasi Gill. P 12407 Lower Devonian. Geol. Survey, Loc. Bb 51, Heathcote, Victoria. Figured specimen. Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, fig. 11. “Conchidium knightii”. Gill, E. D., 1951. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 17: 187-205. Notoleptaena otophera Gill. P 14687-8 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve P 14687, external mould P 14688). Gil, E. D. 1951. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 17: 187-205, pint figs. 24-26. Notoleptaena otophera Gill. P 14689 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1951. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 17: 187-205, pl. 1, Tp Nucleospira australis McCoy. P 12251 Silurian. Near Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of both valves). McCoy Ra STi me Prod RU itt, DER. pl. 47, figs. 7-7d. Nucleospira australis McCoy. P 12252 Silurian. Near Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 27-28, pl. 47, figs. 8-8b. CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Nucleospira megalorhyncha Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, figs. 27, 42. Nucleospira megalorhyncha Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, figs. 28, 43. * Orbiculoidea diminuens Chapman ”. Silurian. Wombat Creek, N.E. Gippsland, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1920. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 4: 175-194, pl. 32, figs. 41-42. The author considers this to be the operculum of a gasteropod. Orbiculoidea selwyni Chapman. Silurian. Merri Creek, Kalkallo, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 10, figs. 6, 6a. Orbiculoidea selwyni Chapman. Silurian. Merri Creek, Parish of Merriang, Victoria. Syntype (external mould P 613 and steinkern P 614). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 10, lige oo Parmorthis aff. allami (Shirley). Lower Devonian. Little Henty River, right bank, 1 mile S. E. Zeehan, Western Tasmania. Figured Specimen. Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc, Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258. pl. 1, fig. 24. Parmorthis vandiemeni Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yds. E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 30. 75 P 14551 P 14552 P 13965 P 612 P 613-4 P 14836 P 14543 76 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES * Plagiorhyncha decemplicata (Sowerby) ". Silurian. West of Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 26-27, pl. 47, fig. 6 (figure reversed). “ Camarotoechia decemplicata”’. “Plagiorhyncha decemplicata (Sowerby) ”’. Silurian. West of Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkerns of ventral valve and dorsal valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 26-21, pl. 47, fig. 5 (figure reversed). “ Camarotoechia decemplicata ". * Plagiorhyncha decemplicata (Sowerby) ". Silurian. West of Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 26-27. pl. 47, fig. 6 (figure reversed). “ Camarotoechia decemplicata ”. * Plagiorhyncha decemplicata (Sowerby) ". Silurian. Section 44, Parish of Wallan, Victoria. Hypotypes (two figured specimens on one slab, steinkerns of ventral valve and dorsal valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 26-27, pl. 47, fig. 4 (figure reversed). “ Camarotoechia decemplicata ". Plectodonta bipartita (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Simmond’s Bridge Hut on Yarra River, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 10, fig. 10. Plectodonta bipartita (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock’s Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113. pl. 10, fig. 8. Plectodonta bipartita (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Simmond’s Bridge Hut on Yarra River, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 10, fig. 9. Plectodonta bipartita (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Quarry on N. bank of creek, N. of timber mill, N. of Zeehan Tasmania. i : Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231.258 pisi etm i P 12253 P 12254 P 12299 P 12185 P 12405 P 12404 P 12406 P 14804 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Plectodonta bipartita (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Quarry on N. bank of creek, N. of timber mill, N. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, le W a 225 Plectodonta bipartita (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Quarry on N. bank of creek, N. of timber mill, N. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Hypotype (external mould of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1950. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. for 1949: 231-258, pl 1, fig. 23. Protoleptostrophia alata (Chapman). Lower Devonian. North of Lilydale, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 11, fig. 6; pl. 12, fig. 1. * Stropheodonta alata TR Gill, E. D., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 91-115. Protoleptostrophia alata (Chapman). Lower Devonian. North of Lilydale, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 11, fig. 7. * Stropheodonta alata ^. Gill E. D., 1949. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 91-115. Protoleptostrophia alata (Chapman). Lower Devonian. North of Lilydale, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 12, fig. 9. “ Stropheodonta alata ”. Gill E. D., 1949: Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 16: 91-115. Protoleptostrophia plateia Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 29. Protoleptostrophia plateia Gill. Lower Devonian. ! Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gil, E. D.; 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 45. "T4. P 14807 P 14810 P 665 P 666 P 1421 P 14563 P 14564 78 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES “ Rhynchospirina formosa (Hall) ". Silurian. West of Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vic. 5: pl. 46, figs. 6-6b (figures reversed). “ Trematospira formosa". Rhynchotrema liopleura (McCoy). Silurian. Near Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 21-22, pl. 46, figs. (figures reversed). *Trematospira liopleura ”. Rhynchotrema liopleura (McCoy). Silurian. Near Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). MeCoy,= bh, 1847. “Prod. Pal. Vici. 5: 21-22; pl. 46, figs. (figures reversed). “Trematospira liopleura ". Rhynchotrema liopleura (McCoy). Silurian. Near Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of both valves). McCoy, F., 1877, Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 21-22, pl. 46, figs. (figures reversed). “Trematospira liopleura ". Rhynchotrema liopleura (McCoy). Silurian. Near Mt. Disappointment, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of both valves). McCoy, F., 1877. Prod. Pal. Vict. 5: 21-22, pl. 46, figs. (figures reversed). "Trematospira liopleura”’. Siphonotreta australis Chapman. Silurian. Sewerage Works, Domain Road, South Yarra, Victoria. Syntype (impression of valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. fig. 8. Siphonotreta australis Chapman. Silurian. Sewerage Works, Domain Road, South Yarra, Victoria. Syntype (impression of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl fig. 1. Siphonotreta australis Chapman. Silurian. nEDT 2-2b 4-4a 5-5d 3-3c 10, , Sewerage Tunnel, near old Fish Market, Melbourne, Victoria. Syntype (external mould of ventral valve P 610; Steinkern of same P 611). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 10 fig. 13. P 12386 P 12887 P 12388 P 12389 P 12390 P 603 P 608 P 610-11 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 79 Siphonotreta plicatella Chapman. P 12398 Silurian. Yan Yean, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 90-113, pl. 10, figs. la-c. Spinella buchanensis Talent. P7595 Middle Devonian. Bindi, Victoria. Hypotype. Chapman, F., 1905. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18: 16-19, pl. 5, fig. 3. “Spirifer yassensis de Koninck ". Talent, J. A., 1956. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 68: 1-56. Spinella buchanensis Talent. P 7598 Middle Devonian. Buchan, Victoria. Hypotype. Chapman, F., 1905. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18: 16-19, PIS es. “ Spirifer yassensis de Koninck ". Talent, J. A., 1956. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 68: 1-56. Spinella buchanensis Talent. P 7599 Middle Devonian. Buchan, Victoria. Hypotype. MeGoy p 18%bs Prodi Pal, Viet 4: 16-17, pl. 35, figs. 2:25 (figures reversed). “ Spirifera laevicosta (Val.) ". Talent, J. A., 1956. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 68: 1-56. Spinella buchanensis Talent. P 16423-4 Middle Devonian. P 13967-8 Limestcne Creek near Dead Horse Creek, Eastern Victoria. P 13976 Hypotype (5 specimens remaining from preparation of slides P15997 1356-1357. The latter is a tectohypotype figured pl. 16, fig. 2 P 13968). Chapman, F., 1920. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 4: 175-194. “ Spirifer yassensis de Koninck ". Spinocyrtia ostiolata (Schlotheim). P 11098 Middle Devonian. The Eifel, Germany. Hypotype (both valves). Chapman, F., 1905. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18: 16-19, pl. 5, fig. 1. “Spirifer laevicosta ”. “Spirifer” sp. P 14550 Lower Devonian. Lyel Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill. E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: pl. 8, fig. 31. gc c lo ae hale” oe gs ee ee ee Tn ee 80 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES * Spirifer " chapmani Allan. P 14749-50 Lower Devonian (Reefton Beds). Reefton, New Zealand. Holotype (steinkern of dorsal valve P 14749, external mould P 14750). Allan, R. S, 1935. PST R Pal. Bull. 14: 1-72, pl. 2, fig. 7. Spirifer lilydalensis Chapman. P 756 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). North of Lilydale, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: pl. 11, fig. 17. Spirifer lilydalensis Chapman. P 12417 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Wilson's Quarry, near Lilydale, Victoria. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26: 99-113, pl. 11, fig. 18. Stropheodonta (Brachyprion) lilydalensis Chapman. P 660 Lower Devonian. North of Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 11, fig. 5; Dial ation oe Strophonella australiensis Gill. P 14553 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on north side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 38. Strophonella australiensis Gill. P 14554-5 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve P 14554, external mould P 14555). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 9't-'14, pl. 8, figs. 839, 3T. Strophonella australiensis Gill. P 14557 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74 pl. 8, fig. 36. j CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Strophonella australiensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 44. Strophonella australiensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 40. Strophonella australiensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of part of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, Dies, fic 35; Strophonella euglyphoides Chapman. Lower Devonian. North of Lilydale, Victoria. Syntypes (impressions of two valves). Chapman, F., 1903. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 16: 60-82, pl. 12, figs. 3-6. Strophonella lyelli Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Syntype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pls. 7-8, fig. 33. Strophonella lyelli Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 34. Strophonella lyelli Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Syntype (steinkern of dorsal valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 32. 6259 /60.—6 81 P 14556 P 14558 P 14579 P 694 P 14559 P 14560 P 14562 82 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Strophonella lyelli Gill. P 14561 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of ventral valve). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, DiS fig. v4. 3. TRILOBITA. Acanthopyge australis (McCoy). P 7490 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Junction of Woori Yallock Creek and Yarra River, Victoria. Lectoholotype (steinkern of cranidium). IMGGOS SIT e STO Proa Pale Vie: Deer de 5-19 pie eZ (lige unnumbered and reversed). “ Lichas australis ". Gib AH. Dar LOS Proce ROY e SOC Viei 03-1209, JDISC, figs. 3-4. Acanthopyge australis (McCoy). P 7489 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Junction of Woori Yallock Creek and Yarra River, Victoria. Lectoparatype (steinkern of cephalon). IMCOOY EROS TOI Prodi Paul. Vict: Deer S: 18-9 pi 22, Hp 41 (figure reversed). “ Lichas australis ". Gill; ^ ES Ds LISI Prog Koy: Soc. Vier 63:9 31789, pl. 2; figs. 5-6. Acanthopyge australis (McCoy). P 14087 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Quarry, Killara, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of carapace). Gill, E. D., 1939. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 11: 140-142, pl. 5, fig. 1l. * Lichas australis ". Gill, E. D; 1951, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39, Acanthopyge australis (McCoy). P 14088 P 14771 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Tunnel, Killara, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon P 14088; external mould P 14771). Gill, E. D., 1939. Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb. 11: 140-142, pl. 5, fis, 2 Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39. Ampyx parvulus jikaensis Chapman. P 12297 Silurian (Melbournian). Moonee Ponds Creek, Flemington, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 61 figs be i CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 83 Ampyx parvulus jikaensis Chapman. P 12685 Silurian (Melbournian). Moonee Ponds Creek, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of cephalon with proximal part of frontal spine). Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 61, fer 2) Ampyx yarraensis Chapman. P 12298 Silurian (Melbournian). South Yarra, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon). Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 61, fig. 3. Calymene bowiei Gill. P 14504-5 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme’s Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cranidium P 14504, external mould P 14505). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186, pl. 7, figs. 1-2, 6. Calymene cf. blumenbachi Brongniart. P 1207 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Section 12, Parish of Yering, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of cephalon). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl ais; fig. cl. Calymene killarensis Gill. P 14506 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme’s Tunnel, Killara, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cranidium). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186, pl. 7, fig. 8. Calymene killarensis Gill. P 14511-2 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Tunnel, Killara, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern P14511 and external mould P 14512 of pygidium). Gib Esp. 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186, pl 7, figs. 3-4. Cheirurus sp. P 12875 Middle Devonian. Buchan, Victoria. Figured specimen (* Hydrospire ”). Chapman, F., 1912. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict. 3: 218-222, pl. 36, fig. 13. E el a r ee CUM ME 84 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Cheirurus sp. sensu stricto. P 14565 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, in road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of glabella). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston, 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 6. Cheirurus sternbergi (Boeck). P 12678 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock’s Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon and thorax). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, ply dbp ig. 353p 161g: 22: Cyphaspis bowningensis Mitchell. P 12672 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Loyola, near Mansfield, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon and thorax). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, ply Tas fies Sitpl, Tos tie, ds. Cyphaspis lilydalensis Chapman. P 12671 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Wilson’s Quarry, Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171. pl. 14 i926; pl. 16; fig 9: Cyphaspis yassensis Etheridge and Mitchell. P 12674 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Wombat Creek, N.E. Gippsland, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidium). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 16, fig. 21. Cyphaspis yassensis Etheridge and Mitchell. P 12673 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Wombat Creek, tributary of Mitta Mitta River, N.E. Gippsland, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, psa fies oscpl» LG tie. 20: * Dalmanites meridianus Etheridge and Mitchell." P 7502 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Junction of Woori Yallock Creek and Yarra River, Victoria. Hypotype (eye). IMG OY aN MSTO Dprodse Dat SVact. Decr 3: 13-15. plaz 2a 0000 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus ”. Cr HD 91938: Veh Na A 1671 (a. fios e CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst’s Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of thorax and pygidium). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 1315, pl. 23; fig. - 9 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus ^. Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst’s Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidium). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 3°15, pl fig. 6 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus ”. Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst’s Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidium ). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 13-15, pl. fig. 7 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus ”. Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst’s Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 13-15, pl. fig. 7 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus ^. Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst's Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of portion of pygidium). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 13-15, pl. fig. 10 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus 2^. Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst's Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (hypostome). McCoy, F. 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 3515» ph fig. 3 (figure reversed). “ Phacops caudatus SA Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. Dalmanites wandongensis Gill. Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst's Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon). McCoy, F. 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 13-15, pl fig. 8 (figure reversed). * Phacops caudatus ei Gill, E. D., 1948. J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 16-24. 22, 22, 23, 23, 22, 23, 85 P 7495 P 7496 P 7497 P 7498 P 7499 P 7500 P 7501 86 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Dalmanites aff. wandongensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of pygidium, P 14567; external mould, P 14568). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston, 2: 57-74, pl. 8, figs. 1-2. Dalmanites aff. wandongensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of an imperfect cranidium). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston, 2: 57-74, DLS, figs: Dicranurus kinglakensis Gill. Silurian. Davies’ Quarry, W. branch of Stony Creek, about 1 mile N. of Kinglake West State School, Victoria. Topotype (mentioned in original description). Gill, E. D., 1948. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 59: 8-18. Dicranurus kinglakensis Gill. Silurian. Davies’ Quarry, W. branch of Stony Creek, about 1 mile N. of Kinglake West State School, Victoria. Topotype (mentioned in original description). Gill, E. D., 1948. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 59: 8-18. Encrinurus aff. silverdalensis Etheridge & Mitchell. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of cranidium). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston, 2: 57-74, Dio Ses, x. Encrinurus aff. silverdalensis Etheridge & Mitchell. Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidia). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston, 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 8. Encrinurus spryi Chapman. Silurian (Melbournian). South Yarra, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 62 fig. 1. j P 14567-8 P 14566 P 14522 P 14523 P 14569 P 14570 P 12300 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 87 Flexicalymene sp. P 1208 Silurian. Range on E. side of Reserve of Commonage, Kilmore, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of cranidium). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pios E D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56:. 171-186, ples f a Gravicalymene australis (Etheridge & Mitchell). P 14514-5 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidium P 14574; external mould, P 14575). Gill E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, figs. 11-12. Gravicalymene australis (Etheridge & Mitchell). P 14572-3 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of cranidium, P 14572; external mould, P 14573). Gil, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 10. Gravicalymene australis (Etheridge & Mitchell). P 14571 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Hypotype (steinkern of cranidium). Gill E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, joe Ref muito x9, Gravicalymene angustior (Chapman). P 12675 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of pygidium, thorax and glabella). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pih Ie Es Gill, E. D. 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186, pl. 7, figs. 5, 10. Gravicalymene angustior (Chapman). P 14507 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of cephalon). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186, pl 7, fig. 5. 88 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Gravicalymene angustior ( Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). , Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 15, fig. 9. Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186. Gravicalymene aff. angustior (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Kilmore Creek, N. of Special survey, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of cephalon). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: fig. 10. Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186. Gravicalymene cootamundrensis Gill. Upper Silurian. Oaks Creek, Cootamundra, New South Wales. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon, P 14084; external P 14085). Gill, E. D., 1940. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 59: figs. 2-3. Gravicalymene cootamundrensis Gill. Upper Silurian. Oaks Creek, Cootamundra, New South Wales. Paratype (steinkern of thorax and pygidium). Gill, E. D., 1940. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 52: fig. 1. Gravicalymene cootamundrensis Gill. Upper Silurian. Oaks Creek, Cootamundra, New South Wales. Paratype (steinkern of cephalon). Gill, E. D., 1940. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 52: fig. 4. Gravicalymene hetera Gill. Silurian. Kilmore East, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cranidium). Gil, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: otek Gravicalymene kilmorensis Gill. Silurian. Kilmore East, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cranidium). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: fig. 9. 106-110, 106-110, 106-110, 171-186, 171-186, mould, pl. pl. pl. pl. pl. 157-171, pl. 15, 5, P 12676 P 453 P 14084-5 P 14083 P 14086 P 14508 P 14509 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 89 Gravicalymene cf. kilmorensis Gill. P 14510 Silurian. Moonee Ponds Creek, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of cranidium). Gill, E. D., 1945. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 56: 171-186, pl. 7, fig. 7. * Hausmannia meridianus Etheridge and Mitchell." P 14770 Silurian. Kilmore, Victoria. Hypotype (external mould of cephalon). Etheridge, R., and Mitchell, J., 1896. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 486-511, pl. 40, fig. 1. Illaenus jutsoni Chapman. P 12299 Lower Silurian. Quarry, between Heidelberg and Templestowe, Victoria. Holotype. Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 61, figs. 4-5. Gill E. D., 1952. Vict. Nat. 69: 41-477. Opik, A. A., 1953. Mem. Geol. Surv. Vict. 19: 25-26. Illaenus aff. jutsoni Chapman. P 14719 Lower Silurian. Hill Road, North Balwyn, Victoria. Figured specimen. Gill E. D., 1952. Vict. Nat. 69: 41-47, pl. 1, fig. 1. Odontochile formosa Gill. P 14597 Lower Devonian. Carmen's Quarry, Kinglake West, Victoria. Hypotype (hypostome). Gill| E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 123-131, pl. 14, fig. 8. Odontochile formosa Gill. P 16193-4 Lower Devonian. Syme's Tunnel, Killara, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern P 16193; external mould, P 16194). Gill, E. D., 1938. Vict. Nat. 54: 167-171, figs. 3-4. Odontopleura aff. rattei Etheridge and Mitchell. P 14576 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (steinkern of cranidium). Gil, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vic. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 4. Odontopleura aff. rattei Etheridge and Mitchell. P 14577 Lower Devonian. Lyell Highway, road cutting on N. side, 100 yards E. of 12-mile post from Queenstown, Western Tasmania. Figured specimen (free cheek). Gill, E. D., 1948. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 2: 57-74, pl. 8, fig. 5. 90 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Odontopleurid hypostome. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme’s Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Figured specimen. Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 123-131, pl. 14, He: Phacopid hypostome. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Quarry, Kilara, Victoria. Figured specimen. Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 123-131, pl. 14, figs. 3-4. Phacopid hypostome. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme’s Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Figured specimen. Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 123-131, pl. 14, figs. 6-7. Phacopid hypostome. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme's Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Figured specimen. Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 123-131, pl. 14, [p 9; * Phacops crossleii Etheridge and Mitchell”. Lower Devonian. Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 15751712 pred fig. 14. * Phacops crossleii Etheridge and Mitchell ". Lower Devonian. Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidium). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, EAREN Phacops aff. fecundus Gill. Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Syme’s Homestead, Killara, Victoria. Figured specimen (steinkern of hypostome in situ). Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 123-131, pl. 14, figs. 1-2. Phacops mansfieldensis Etheridge and Mitchell. Lower Devonian. Mansfield, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon). Etheridge, R., and Mitchell, J., 1896. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 486-511, pl. 39, fig. 12. P 14602 P 14599 P 14600 P 14601 P 12679 P 12680 P 14598 P 15604 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 91 “Phacops (Portlockia) fecundus Barrande”’. P 12116-20 Lower Devonian. Section 12, Parish of Yering, Victoria. Figured specimens (5). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 15-16, pl. 23, figs. 1 (P 12116), 2 (P 12117), 3 (P 12118), 4 (P 12119); 5. (B. 12120) (figures reversed). Gill, E. D., 1951. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 63: 31-39. (Determined as Phacops sp. nov.) * Phacops serratus Foerste ". P 2304 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). One and a half miles below Simmond's Bridge Hut on Yarra River, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, PE Ao figu. Phacops sweeti Etheridge and Mitchell. P 15605-10 Lower Devonian. Mansfield, Victoria. Syntypes (6 specimens including 2 counterparts). Etheridge, R., and Mitchell, J., 1896. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: ASO SEE ph Sa fie." 9» CP15605)% pl. 39. figs: x CPRIS608) 2 (P 15609), pl. 40, fig. 10 (probably P 15610). Proetus euryceps (McCoy). P 546 Silurian (Melbournian). Broadhurst’s Creek, E. of Kilmore, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of carapace). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 17-18, pl. 22, figs. 10-10a (figures reversed). “ Forbesia euryceps”’. Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 14, fig. 4. Proetus euryceps (McCoy). P 12669 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock’s Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of carapace). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 17-18, pl. 22, figs. 10-10a (figures reversed). “ Forbesia euryceps ". Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 14, fig. 4. Scutellum cresswelli (Chapman). P 485 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Cooper's Creek, Gippsland, Victoria. Holotype (pygidium). i Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 14, fig. 3; pl. 16, fig. 17. “ Goldius cresswelli ”. P 12668 Scutellum greenii (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). ] Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of carapace). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 14, fig. 1. “ Goldius greenii ^. 92 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES Scutellum greenii (Chapman). Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Ruddock's Quarry, N.W. of Lilydale, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of pygidium). Chapman, F., 1915. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 28: 157-171, pl. 14, fig. 2. “ Goldius greeni”. Trimerus harrisoni (McCoy). Silurian (Melbournian). Moonee Ponds Creek, Royal Park, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of carapace). McCoy, F., 1876. Prod. Pal. Vict. Dec. 3: 13-15, pl. 23, fig. 11 (figure reversed). “ Homalonotus harrisoni ". Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, text fig. la. Trimerus kinglakensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Davies' Quarry, also known as Middendorp's Quarry, W. branch, Stony Creek, about 1 mile N. of Kinglake West State School, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon P 14580; external mould P 14581). Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, pl. 8, figs 1-2; pl. 9; fig; S; text Dig. 1e: Trimerus kinglakensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Davies’ Quarry, also known as Middendorp’s Quarry, W. branch, Stony Creek, about 1 mile N. of Kinglake West State School, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of thorax and pygidium P 14582; external mould P 14583). Gill, EDs 1949: Proc. “Roy, 800. Vict. 61: 61-73; pl. 8, fig. 3. Trimerus kinglakensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Davies' Quarry, also known as Middendorp's Quarry, W. branch, Stony Creek, about 1 mile N. of Kinglake West State School, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of thorax and pygidium; cephalon on other side). Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, PE pati comes, Trimerus kinglakensis Gill. Lower Devonian. Davies' Quarry, also known as Middendorp's Quarry, W. branch, Stony Creek, about 1 mile N. of Kinglake West State School, Victoria. Hypotype (steinkern of pygidium P 14585; external mould P 14586). Gill E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, iD: 9s fpa P 12667 P 7503 P 14580-1 P 14582-3 P 14584 P 14585-6 CATALOGUE OF MIDDLE PALAEOZOIC TYPES 93 Trimerus lilydalensis Gill. P 14587-8 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon P14587; external mould P 14588). Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, pl. 8, figs. 4-5, text fig. 1f. Trimerus lilydalensis Gill. P 14589 Lower Devonian (Yeringian). Hull Road, Lilydale, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of pygidium). GEB DS 1949. Proc. Roy: Soc, Vick, 617 61-73, pl, 9) fig: t Trimerus vomer (Chapman). P 12301 Silurian. Wandong, Victoria. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon and part of thorax). Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 62, fig. 3. “ Homalontous vomer ”. Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, text fig. 1c. Trimerus vomer (Chapman). P 12302 Silurian. Wandong, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of thorax and pygidium). Chapman, F.. 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 63, fig. 2. “ Homalonotus vomer ". Gill, E. D. 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73. Trimerus vomer (Chapman). P 12303 Silurian. Wandong, Victoria. Paratype (steinkern of cephalon, immature specimen). Chapman, F., 1912. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 24: 293-300, pl. 63, fig. 1. * Homalonotus vomer ”. Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, text fig. 1b. Trimerus zeehanensis Gill. P 14590-1 Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right bank, Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Holotype (steinkern of cephalon P 14590; external mould P 14591). i b Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, pl. 9, fig. 1-2, text fig. 1d. Trimerus zeehanensis Gill. P 14592-3 Lower Devonian (Bell Shale). Right bank, Little Henty River, 1 mile S.E. of Zeehan, Tasmania. Paratype (steinkern of pygidium P 14592; external mould P 14593). ' Gill, E. D., 1949. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 61: 61-73, pl. 9, fig. 4. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 95 DESCRIPTIONS OF VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA, WITH A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF THE EOLIDACEA. By Robert Burn. Text figure 1-26. SUMMARY. This paper is divided into two parts, although they are not marked as such. The suborders DORIDACEA and DENDRONOTACEA are contained in the first part while the suborder EOLIDACEA comprises the whole of the second part. The species belonging to the firs: two suborders are largely odds and ends known only from one or two specimens wh:ch have recently been discovered or collecied. In the second part the review of the EOLIDACEA is as comprehensive as is possible for the present time. A list of the previously known species is appended in order to show the paucity of past records. Victoria now has fifteen EOLIDACEAN species while from the remainder of Australia a further twelve species have been described or recorded. The 22 species dealt with below bring the list of Victorian OPISTHOBRANCHLIA, as recorded by the author (Burn 1957, 1958), to a total of 67 species divided among 45 genera. A further twenty species are known to occur along the Victorian coastline but from lack of material, these are not discussed at present. All the type and paratype specimens, and representative specimens of new records, have been presented to the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne. The numbers following the specimens collected at various localities indicate the registered numbers of the above-mentioned institution. Unless otherwise stated all specimens were collected by the author. The author wishes to thank Mr. C. W. Brazenor and Miss J. H. Maepherson, respectively Director and Curator of Molluscs, National Museum of Vietoria, for allowing him the privilege of examining the Museum nudibranch collection in search of new records or further material. To Mr. and Mrs D. I. Hartley, of the Malacologieal Society of Australia, Melbourne, go his thanks for making possible or available a number of collecting trips, literature, and nudibranch material. 96 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS List of species dealt with in this paper. Gymnodoris arnold (Burn, 1957). | Tambja verconis (Basedow and Hedley, 1905), gen. nov. lycera " ». : Polycera janjukia sp. nov Trippa albata sp. nov. Aphelodoris berghi Odhner, 1924. Dendrodoris maugeana sp. nov. Paratritonia lutea Baba, 1949. Coryphellina rubrolineata O’ Donoghue, 1929. Coryphellina poenicia (Burn, 1957). D , Coryphellina poenicia aurantia var. nov. Cuthona bractea sp. nov. Catriona viridiana sp. nov. Tergipes pauculas sp. nov. Facelina newcombi (Angas, 1804), gas, Facelina hartleyi sp. nov. Favorinus pannuceus sp. nov. 1 I Cratena macphersonae sp. nov. Cratena serrata (Baba, 1949). Austraeolis ornata (Angas, 1864), gen. nov. Austracolis fucia sp. nov. Echinopsole breviceratae sp. nov. Aeolidiella faustina Bergh, 1900. Aeolidiella macleayt (Angas, 1864). DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. GYMNODORIS ARNOLDI (Burn). Text fig. 1-2. Nembrotha arnoldi Burn, 1957, J. Malac. Soc. Aust., 1, p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 13-14. An examination of further material has made it necessary to transfer this species from Nembrotha Bergh, 1877 to Gymnodoris Stimpson, 1855. The absence of a rhae XV MR in the radula immediately separates this species from Nembrotha, A probable synonym of Gymnodoris is Angasiella Crosse, 1864, although in the past, authors including Bergh and O’ Donoghue have united Nembrotha and Angasiella. The hasis of "this suggestion is the apparent similarity of Œ. arnoldi and A. edwardsi Angas, 1864, the type of Angasiella. Possibly G. arnoldi is a synonym of A. edwardsi in which case the latter name has nearly 100 years priority. However, until the latter Spec les is again collected the author thinks it better to retain the 2 names. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 97 E The radula contains 40 rows of teeth of the formula 7.1.0.1.7. The inner lateral is very small, about half the size of the first marginal All marginals simple, the inner marginal is by far the largest tooth in a row. a b Text fig. 1—G@ymnodoris arnoldi (Burn) Half row of radula ; a— inner lateral, b—outer laterals. The inner lateral is simply hamate; the remaining teeth are shallowly curved. Labial armature chitonous, rather smooth but appears to be composed of very thin quadrangualr and triangular plates. Text fig. 2.—Gymnodoris arnoldi (Burn). Distal genital organs; ga—albumen gland, gm—mucus gland, h—hermaphrodite duct, o—oviduct, p— prostate, sc—spermatocyst, sp—spermatheca, v— vagina, vd—vas deferens, gd—male aperture. The genital organs are very similar to those figured by White (1951, p. 243) for G. impudica (Rüppell et Leuckart) from the Red Sea. Here however the prostate gland is not quite as large, and the vas deferens is very much longer and more slender. The spermatheca is very large and pear-shaped as usual; the uterine duct from the mucus gland is narrow and short, and the vagina is short and broad for it is little more than an extension of the lower part of the spermatheca. The spermatocyst is small and spherical; it debouches into the uterine duct close to its origin on the upper prostate gland. The oviduct is very short and in size nearly twice the diameter of the vagina. The vas deferens has, at its distal end, a strong elongate penial sheath but lacks an accessory or penal gland. Locality: Torquay (1 specimen 7th January, 1958 F20,500; 1 specimen 27th January, 1958, F20,501; 1 specimen 30th October, 1958, F 20,502). This last specimen was 20 mm. long in life and was the specimen in which the radula and genital organs were examined. Station: Usually under stones at low tide but occasionally found crawling over stones covered by a few inches of water. 6259 /60.—T 98 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS Remarks: The colour varies from pale pink to dark brown with the rhinophores either yellow or white. The spicules of the skin are always black tipped and give the body the appearance ot a secondry colour skin over the body-colour. Some remarks regarding the family GY MNODORIDIDAE follow after the description of the new genus proposed below. TAMBJA gen. noy. Diagnosis: Polycerids, without frontal or velar processes and with a vestigial frontal veil, with one pair of short extrabranchial processes, having the body tuberculose. Body-colour monotone, with the tubercles of an opposite colour. Radula having 18 rows of teeth of the formula 3—4.1.1.1.3—4, rhachidian notched medianly (left side lower than right), first lateral bifid at tip. Jaws not present, replaced by a strong labial collar. Penis with fleshy knobs, each containing a minute calcareous centre. Without a prostate gland. Rhinophores without sheaths, contractile, with numerous laminae. Branchiae 3 or 5 in number. Type species: Nembrotha (?) verconis Basedow and Hedley, 1905. Remarks: A second species of Tumbja is Nembrotha sagamiana Baba, 1955 from Japan. Although Baha does not describe his species as tubereulose or with extrabranchial processes, his figures indicate these characters, The peculiar rhachidian of the radula at once separates the two species from Nembrotha Bergh, 1877, as does also the bifid first lateral. A point worthy of mention is that this new genus has few marginals while Nembrotha has between seven and twenty. i The relationship of Tambja to other polycerid genera has been carefully reviewed by the author. Odhner, 1941, placed Nembrotha and Gymnodoris in a new family, Gymnodorididac. to which should also be added the genera Analogium Risbec. 1928, and Paliolla Burn, 1958. But here the author regards Nembrotha as the immediate relative of Tambja and places both genera in the family Polyceridae with Tambja near to the ancestral or archaic root from which all the other polycerid genera developed. Nembrotha should be regarded as an independent offshoot of this ancestral form that has developed along parallel lines to that of the Gymnodorididae, i.e. “the degeneration and subsequent loss of velar and extr / processes. The remaining genera of the Polyceridae. following through from one genus to another, ean be traced back to Tambja It is only necessary to imagine the division through the noteh of the rhachidian tooth of Tambja to obtain a ty] abranchial neal Polycera VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 99 radula formula with the left side lower than the right. The acquisition of velar and extrabranchial processes, all simple in form, are the later development of the tubercles of Tambja, as opposed to the dendritic processes of the Triophidae with a Dendronotaeean ancestry (Odhner, 1941, p. 12). TAMBJA VERCONIS (Basedow and Hedley). Nembrotha (?) verconis Basedow and Hedley, 1905, Trans. roy. Soc. S.A.. 29, pr 158, pl :2;- figs 193. A single specimen, in the collection of the National Museum of Victoria, is the basis for this record. It is a small specimen when compared with the dimensions of the type but agrees completely with the type description; the dimensions of the present specimen are 16:5 mm, long, 5:5 nun, broad and 9:5 nun. high. Unfortunately the specimen was allowed to die in strong sunlight and the colours have darkened considerably; however eolour photographs of the living animal when first collected show it to be in agreement with Basedow and Hedley’s figure of the tvpe, e.g., bright vellow sparsely covered by dark blue spots. The radula formula of the specimen is 12 — 13 X 4.1.1.1.4, this small number of rows bearing out the fact that the specimen is a juvenile. The type specimen had 18 rows of teeth. Except that the rhachidial tooth is stronger than is indicated in the type figure the shape of the teeth is exactly similar. The vestigial frontal veil consists of three or four narrow ridges above the head, the lateral ridges skirt around the rhinophore bases and gradually fade out along the pallial line of tubercles. Locality: South Channel Fort, Port Phillip Bay (1 specimen 8th December, 1957, F19,905, collected J. H. Macpherson). Station: Collected from a rock and seaweed bottom in 10-12 feet of water (by skindivers). Remarks: A more detailed examination of this specimen is to be undertaken in the future in connection with a review of the Australian Polyceridae. POLYCERA JANJUKIA sp. nov. Text figs. 3-4. Diagnosis: A typical polyceridiform species with very large rhinophores. Length alive 8 mm. but in spirits it has contracted to 5 mm. Velar processes 6 (or 7), simple, not regular in size or shape. Back or pallial margin ngle row of raised coloured spots. A similar row of spots represented by a Si : : p : he upper edge of the foot. Rhinophores immense in is present along t 100 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS comparison to the body—actual length about 3 mm., with 12-15 laminae and terminating in a small cylindrical cap. Branchiae 5 in number, contractile, bipinnate; anterior three larger than posterior two; anus protrudes between rear two plumes. Oral tentacles merely lobes of the head, indistinct. Foot very narrow and attenuated into a long tail. Text fig. 3.—Polycera janjukia sp. nov. Half row of radula; a—inner laterals, b—outer laterals, c—first inner lateral in side view. Jaws with posterior flange. Radula small, formula 7 x 3.2.0.2.3. The inner lateral is about half the length of its partner and as usual in the genus has a spur halfway along its inner side; the second lateral is strongly curved at the apex with a somewhat perpendicular flange towards the base. The marginals are thin, outer one vestigial, very small and in some rows non- apparent. Text figure 4.— Polycera janjukia sp. nov. Dorsal view and detail of velum, head and anterior foot, Body-colour bright pink, covered sparsely with medium sized ochraceous spots. Pallial and foot margin spots ochraceous; rhinophores and branchiae dirty yellow; foot, velum and head without spots, pink in colour, In spirits the spots have disappeared and the body is palest pink. Locality: Torquay (1 specimen 27th April, 1958, F20,503). Station: Under stone at low tide. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 101 Remarks: A congener of this species is Polycera parvula (Burn, 1958) which was described as a species of the genus Palio Gray, 1857. This latter species is readily separable from P. janjukia in that its maroon body-colour is always present and that it has two velar processes instead of 6 or 7. The specific name alludes to the Jan Jue Creek which enters the sea just south of the Torquay township. TRIPPA ALBATA sp. nov. Text fig. 5. Diagnosis: Length about 10 mm. Body soft, rather broad, flat; mantle covered with low pustules all of about the same size, these in turn are beset by short white divergent spicules which in spirits are very nearly fully embedded in the pustules. A definite middorsal crest is present, extending from between the rhinophores to the branchial cavity. Branchial cavity with an irregular outline, branchiae unknown in number. Rhinophores with small raised sheaths, perfoliate. Foot not as long as mantle, rather broad and flat as in Dendrodoris spp. Oral tentacles stoutly digitiform, in fact nearly triangular. \ Text fig. 5.—Trippa albata sp. nov. Half row of radula, the numbers refer to each tooth’s position in the half row. Buccal mass very small Radula formula 15 x 27.0.27. The inner four laterals are minutely hooked and increase quickly in size; tooth 8 on either side of the bare rhachis are the largest teeth in a full row, and except for the two marginals little variation in size and shape occurs, The outer marginal is half as long as the antepenultimate tooth and the penultimate is midway between these two in the size of the cusp. All teeth simply hamate. Colour pure white, sometimes cream on the mantle. Underside pure white. Localities: Sutherlands Bay, Phillip Island (1 specimen 13th January, 1957, type, F20,504) ; Explosive Anchorage Buoy, off Altona, Port Phillip Bay (1 specimen, F19,908, in National Museum of Victoria, collected J. H. Macpherson); Westernport Bay, off Cowes, dredged (1 specimen, F18,828, in National Museum of Victoria, collected J. H. Macpherson). Station: Under a mud stone at extreme low tide (type); dredged. 102 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS Remarks: Three specimens from diverse localities, all being very similar in every characteristic makes the species appear a constant one. The New South Wales species T. intecta Kelaart, 1859. (= Goniodoris erinaceus Angas, 1864) is usually much larger than the above species and is of an ashy-brown colour; this is the only previous record of the genus from Australian waters. The genus Trippa Bergh, 1877, is very constant in radula characters, all species described have radula formulae within the scope of the representative generic formula of 15-30 x 27—45.0.27 —45 and all teeth are simply hamate, APHELODORIS BERGIL Odhner. Text figs. 6-7. Aphelodoris berghi Odhner, 1924, Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kjob., 77, p. 53; nom. nov., — A. luctuosa Bergh, 1905, Semper’s Reisen, 9, Heft 2, p. 75, pl. 5, fig. 26-32, pl. 6, 1-2; non Cheeseman, 1882. Diagnosis: Dimensions up to 30 mm. in length and 12 mm. in breadth: rather like a Chromodoris in shape, very convex with high sides. The body is extremely soft, the skin is thick and composed of many fibre-like spiculae; the surface of the skin is easily detached from the body and in some specimens large patches of colour are missing from rough handling. Along the mantle in two near parallel rows are two series of varying sized, soft, blister-like tubercles, arising behind the rhinophores and ending just in front of the branchial cavity with a single small tubercle. Rhinophores with five laminae, retractile within large cylindrical sheaths; when erected only the clavus protrudes above the sheath margin; in spirits, the sheaths do not contract. Branchiae eight in number; bipinnate surrounding the anus, retractile within a large sheathed cavity. Oral tentacles grooved on their upper anterior edges. Text fig. 6.— 4 phelodoris berghi Odhner, Half row of radula; the numbers refer to each tooth's position the half row; c—centre or rhachis of radula in relation to the size and shape of a half row of the radula. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 103 Radula formula 19 x 54.0.54. The inner lateral is very small and simple, and as with the subsequent three teeth is separated from its neighbour; all the succeeding laterals lie one upon the next. The largest tooth in a half row is about six from the margin; beyond this the teeth decrease a little in size but are still considerably larger than the inner laterals. All teeth except the inner two or three are simply hamate. Labial armature not smooth, consisting of short rods which lay towards the centre, i.e., inwards and down- wards towards the radula. i $ à | E T | n4 | S^ | n d / i "Cm e | Qum | PA | : \ az EN Ww án 1 f Li | MB LU V / M € ‘ "i f Text ñg. 7—Aphelodoris berghi Odhner. Dorsal view, detail of head. and detail of rhinophore and sheath. Colour is a good point upon which to identify the species whether alive or preserved providing the superficial colour skin is present. The body-colour is grey-fawn; a large irregular patch of maroon or purple-blue covers the median part of the dorsum. From this patch radiate 10-13 blue-grey rays, none of which are regular in shape. It is from between these blue-grey rays that the actual grey-fawn body-colour can be seen, i.e., the superficial skin is not pigmented between the blue-grey rays. Rhinophores and branchiae similar in colour to the median maroon patch. Underside of mantle and sides of foot spotted with marocn or blue-grey; sole of foot orange. Locality: Torquay (1 specimen 25th October, 1957, F20,505; 2 specimens 7th January, 1958, F20,506; 1 specimen 17th January, 1959, F20,507). Station: The first-mentioned specimen was collected from under a stone at extreme low tide, the other three were all crawling about over stones in shallow rock pools at low tide level. Remarks: The rediscovery of this species removes from doubt another of those somewhat mysterious species described by Bergh from Tasmania. This species is closely related to the New South Wales and South Australian A. varia Abraham, 1877, but does not attain the dimensions of that species nor is it as light in colour; A. varia also does not have such large rhinophore sheaths as this species, in fact they sometimes appear to be non-existent. 104 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS DENDRODORIS MAUGEANA sp. nov. Text fig. 8. Diagnosis: Length up to 36 mm., body four times as long as broad, rather convex; mantle margin finely and intricately crenulate; rhinophores and branchiae very close to their respective ends of the body. Rhinophores with 12 laminae on a simple clavus, retractile within low-sheathed cavities. Branchiae 8 in number; tripinnate and bushy, surrounding the anus. Foot extends posteriorly beyond the mantle into a blunt tail; anteriorly it is thickened and notched. Orals small; leaf-like as usual in the genus. > 4 wok tke, Fuse ky ae wee Ard Text fig. 8.—Den- drodoris | maugeana sp. nov. Dorsal view. Colour brilliant. Body-colour orange, mantle everywhere spotted with red; the spots are larger and closer together medianly than about the margins where they are also lighter in colour. The rhinophore clavi are dark brown: branchiae orange, sometimes red-tipped; the anus has a red spotted margin. Underside of mantle with a number of large brown spots, sole of foot clear yellow-orange. Locality: Flinders (2 specimens 10th February, 1958, F20,509; 1 specimen 25th May, 1958, F20,508, type). Station: Under stones at low tide. During the early part of 1958, this was a quite common find among the molluscan fauna of Flinders, but previous to that time it had not been noticed, nor has it been noticed since. Remarks: D. guttata (Odhner, 1917) from Western Australia is, as far as the author knows, the only species with similarities to this but differences in colouring separate them. Other Vietorian species of Dendrodoris lack red spotting upon the dorsum, nor do any of them have the rhinophores and branchiae so far separated and the mantle margin as crenulate as in the present species. The specific name is chosen to commemorate the occurrence of this species in the zoogeographieal part of the Vietorian eoastline known as the Maugean Region. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 105 PARATRITONIA LUTEA Baba. Paratritonia lutea Baba, 1949, Opisthobranchia of Sagami Bay, p. 166, pl. 34, fig. 123, text fig. 104-106. _ This record adds another family, genus and species to Victoria’s short list of DENDRONOTACEA. The species is diagnosed as follows :— DENDRONOTACEAN species of the family Tritoniidae with six pairs of dorso-lateral processes, beneath the first of which on the right side is the genital aperture and in front of the second are the anal and renal (nephroproct) apertures. The median tooth with a single cusp and three lateral denticles; the first lateral not much differentiated from the succeeding hamate laterals; marginals needle-shaped and denticulate. The jaw plates having two or more rows of scales along the edge; velum with 3-4 short processes either side of a shallow median notch; head distinct with lobiform orals. Foot narrow except at the anterior end. The present specimen is pale pink in colour; in life the dorsal brim is reddish. The radula formula is 56 x 100.1.1.1.100, and the dimensions are 18 x 5 x 6 mm. in length, breadth and height respectively. Locality: South Channel Fort, Port Phillip Bay (1 specimen 8th December, 1957, F19,906, in National Museum of Victoria, collected J. H. Macpherson). Station: Collected alive on the gorgonian coral Mopsella sp. in 10-12 feet of water, taken by skindivers. Remarks: The distribution of P. lutea appears to cover the whole of the western Pacifie Ocean although it is of very recent description. The author has seen specimens collected in Sydney Harbour, N. S. W., about 1890 and others from the Great Barrier Reef in 1930. Many further species could be recorded from Australia, but exeept for Odhner, 1936, no DENDRONOTA- CEAN species have been deseribed for many years. NUDIBRANCHIA EOLIDACEA, The fifteen species described below are well distributed among the major and minor divisions of the suborder EOLIDACEA. In fact they form a very sound and representa- tive collection upon which to institute research when dealing with what may be termed a * forgotten group ' of Australian fauna. At present the species ean be easily placed by reference to Odhner's Classification of 1939. As further material becomes available it may be necessary to add to this classification. As mentioned above the system of classification followed here is that of Odhner, 1989, modified by Marcus 1958. "Phe position of the anus in relation. to the liver system is the apparent solution to all the problems surrounding the EOLIDACEAN classification. Nevertheless certain difficulties can be experienced with some of the smaller species of 106 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS Coryphellids which belong to the superfamily Pleuroprocta. The Pleuroprocta nearly all have a mantle brim with the cerata above or dorsal and the anus below or lateral. But in Coryphellina poenicia (Burn 1957) this brim is rarely apparent in living specimens and never apparent in preserved material. A similar situation occurs in the northern European Coryphella pedata (Montagu 1815) but there the anus is further lateral than in the present species. Of the fifteen species here recorded for Victoria, ten of them have been collected at the one loeality, Torquay. This should give some indication of the richness of a carefully searched area. Many more species should be found if similar careful collecting is carried out in other areas along the Victorian coastline. For interest’s sake a chronological list of the known Australian colid species is here appended. This shows very well the paucity of past records. For comparison it should be remembered that in this paper the author has nearly doubled the number of species known and recorded from Australia, 1855 Kolis cacoatica Stimpson. 1864 Aeolis foulsi Angas. Aeolis macleayi Angas—described below. Flabellina ianthina Angas. Flabellina ornata. Angas—deseribed below. Flabellina newcombi Angas—described below. 1884 Rizzolia australis Bergh. 1895 Fiona marina (Forskal, 1775). 1900 Aeolidiella faustina Bergh—described below. 1903 Glaucus atlanticus Forster, 1777. 1940 Glaucilla briareus Bergh, 1864. 1947 Baeolidia major Eliot, 1903, (= Berghia amakusana Baba, 1937, vide Marcus, 1958, p. 68). 1957 Hervia poenicia Burn—described below. | Superfamily PLEUROPROC'TA. EOLIDACEA which have a lateral anus below or outside the liver system. The families of this superfamily are regarded as archaic. Family CORYPHELLIDAE. Cerata numerous, crowded or in clusters. Nephroproct abanal (between anus and genital aperture). Radula triseriate, Genus CORY PHELLINA O’Donoghue, 1929. Pleuroproct Eolidacea, having the cerata in distinct clusters and the nephroproct just in front of the anus; rhinophores with rows of papillae along the posterior edge; radula triseriate, median tooth with a central cusp not markedly longer than the lateral denticles, VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 107 The genus is in need of further revision as it is very similar to Coryphella Gray, 1850. The two are separated because Coryphellina has papillae on portion of the rhinophores and is far more slender than its congener. The genital organs have yet to be investigated. CORY PHELLINA RUBROLINEATA O'Donoghue. Coryphellina rubrolineata O’Donoghue, 1929, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond,, 22 (6), p. 798, text figs. unnumbered. Diagnosis: Body very slender, length 10 mm, and breadth 1 mm. Sides high and straight, mantle brim present between the cerata groups; more apparent posteriorly than anteriorly. Foot corners narrowly tentaculiform, not very long. Cephalic tentacles long and slender, Rhinophores very large in proportion to the body, rear edge finely papillate, with many more and smaller papillae than the next species. Liver system with five branches on each side. Right liver and anterior branch of left liver each with four simple rows; the second, third and fourth branches of the left liver on either side contain two single rows each, and finally there is a single row each side. The cerata formula is 1.2.2.2—2.2—2.1—1, (see next species for explanation of cerata formula). The cerata are fusiform but not long, and are inserted singly in the simple rows. The anus is lateral just below the line of the mantle brim and in the middle of the interhepatic space, the nephroproct is just in front of and above the anus. The genital aperture is below the third row of the right liver. The glans penis is conical and unarmed. The colour of the body is transparent pale purple with a single longitudinal lateral line of crimson along either side of the body. The cerata are tipped with crimson, and each has an encircling band of crimson dots just below the tip, which is dull white. The sides of the head lack any distinctive colouring as is present in the next species. The digestive glands of the cerata are pale fawn. Locality: Torquay (1 specimen 29th March, 1959, F20,756). Station: Under stone at extreme low tide. Remarks: This specimen was collected along with several examples of €. poenicia (Burn), from which it differed on the following characters, (i) the foot corners are not as produced, (ii) the rhinophores are larger and more finely papillate, (iii) the cerata are shorter and have rounded ends, and (iv) the body colour is transparent and without lateral colour patches on the head. Actually the specimen differs very little from the type description of 1929. CORYPHELLINA POENICIA (Burn). Text figs. 9-10. Hervia poenicia Burn, 1957, J. Malac. Soc. Aust., 1, p. 25, pl. 2, fig. 7-10. Diagnosis: Body very long and slender, sides high and in some specimens separated from the dorsum by a shallow brim or flange. Dimensions up to 108 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 20 mm. in length and 2 mm. in breadth; usually specimens are about half this size. Foot corners long and narrowly tentaculiform. Cephalic tentacles long and slender. Rhinophores long, sometimes stout and sometimes slender, the posterior edge with three or more vertical rows of varying sized papillae. Liver system with four branches in the right liver and a similar number in the left partner. The second and third branches of the left liver on either side contain two single arms and finally there are three simple rows. The number of cerata in each row of the right side can be formulated as follows by counting from the anterior, 1.2.2.3—3.3—3.3—3—2—2, (the dots indicate the separate rows of each liver group, the dashes indicate the separate liver groups). The cerata are elongate fusiform in shape and are inserted singly in the simple rows. The anus is lateral in position emerging just in front of the second liver group on the right side. The nephroproct is just in front and a little dorsal of the anus. The genital apertures are below the second and third branches of the right liver. Text figs. 9-10.—Coryphellina poenicia (Burn). 9— Liver system. 10—A median and a lateral tooth from the radula. The radula has 34 series of teeth of the formula 1.1.1. The median tooth has a central cusp not markedly longer than its immediate lateral denticles ; lateral denticles 6-7 in number, outer ones quite small. The lateral teeth have a broad base and slender cusp with four small denticles near the distal end of the cusp. The penis is conical and unarmed. The colour is distinct and striking to the eye. Body-colour pale purple or mauve without any markings; the cerata are bright red with white tips. The rhinophores are white or pale yellow-green. There is on either side of the head a dark purple kidney-shaped patch, this corresponds to the position of the buccal mass inside the body. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 109 Localities: Portarlington (five specimens 28th October, 1956, F20,510) ; Torquay (three specimens 22nd November, 1957, F20,511; two specimens "th December, 1957, F20,512; three specimens 27th April, 1958, F20,513; one specimen 30th October, 1958, F20,514). The type specimens were collected at Breamlea, Victoria. Others were taken at Blanket Bay, near Cape Otway. Station: Under stones or crawling about on sea weed in rock pools at low tide level. Remarks: Some variation takes place in the size and number of papillae on the rhinophores but they are never absent. var. aurantia var. nov, At Portarlington, 21st December, 1958, the author collected thirteen specimens of what appears to be a pure colour variety of C. poenicia (Burn). Length of specimens 10 mm. Body-colour white with the purple patches either side of the head. The cerata are pale pink-orange in colour with white tips, in shape they are perhaps a little less elongate than in the typical form. The rhinophores showed the greatest amount of variation for some specimens had a similar number of large sized papillae as have typical specimens, and yet others had nearly bare rhinophores with only the slightest trace of papillation. The radula contains 28 series of teeth, the median tooth as usual, the laterals without the customary denticles. Because of the slight differences this form is here given the name aurantia var. nov.; the thirteen specimens are registered under the number F20,515. This species and its colour variety are closely related to the type species of Coryphellina, C. rubrolineata O'Donoghue, 1929 but lack the strong body-colour and lateral markings, and have more cerata in each of the liver rows. This species is also larger. From the other eolids described below, this species is easily separated by the presence of papillae on the rear edge of the rhinophores and the very attenuated shape of the body. Superfamily ACLELOPROCTA. EOLIDACEA which have the anus (and adanal nephroproct) emerging in the interhepatic space (i.e. between the first and second liver groups on the right side). Family CUTHONIDAE, Cerata in rows. Male and female genital apertures united or close together. Radula uniseriate, teeth with a projecting cusp (except in Catriona). Genital organs with an associated gland or sae on the male organ (except in the subfamily Tergipedinae). 110 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS Genus CUTHONA Alder and Hancock, 1853. Acleioproct Eolidacea; with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth are arched and possess a central cusp markedly longer than the lateral denticles, having the jaw process denticulate; with the right liver containing at least three branches, with the cerata inserted in single rows; having simple rhinophores and the foot corners tentaculiform. CUTHONA BRACTEA sp. nov. Text figs. 11-12. Diagnosis: Body long and slender, up to 12 mm. in length and 1:5 mm. in breadth. Foot corners produced into narrow tentaculiform processes. Cephalic tentacles long and slender. Rhinophores simple although they appear to be wrinkled in some specimens. The liver system contains three short simple branches in the right liver and either three or four in its left partner, The remaining branches of the left liver, number six on each side and are all short and simple. The cerata formula is 2.3.4—5—4—4—4_3—3. The cerata are all inserted in single rows upon the liver branches; they are elongate and attain their largest diameter very near the apex and then terminate in a blunt point. In the live animal the cerata are shallowly curved upwards from the body and are far enough apart that one row does not touch the next; in active specimens they have been observed to move within themselves, i.e., twist and turn. The anus is just in front of the fourth row of cerata on the right side and is near the dorsal end of that row, the nephroproct is in front of the anus. The genital apertures lie at the lateral end of the third or posterior row of the right liver. Text figs. 11-12.—Cuthona bractea sp. nov. 11— Liver system. 12—Radula tooth, dorsal view. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 111 The radula has 27 series of teeth, each narrowly arched with an elongate spatuliform projection behind the central cusp. The central cusp is long, in actual fact about twice as long as the lateral denticles; these in turn are close together or over-lap one-another and are five in number. The colour when alive is beautiful. The body is usually semi-transparent creamy-white; the cerata vary in colour from yellowish green (i.e. green gold) to burnished orange, always with a small white tip. Normally the rhinophores and cephalic tentacles are of the same colour as the body but in some specimens are white, while one specimen had a pale blue patch mid-way along the cephalie tentacles. Rarely pale blue patches may be present about the cerata bases. Locality: Torquay (three specimens 22nd November, 1957, F20,518; six specimens 7th December, 1957, F20,519; two specimens 27th January, 1958; three specimens 27th April, 1958, type F20,516 and paratypes F20,517). Station: Always under stones covered by fine sediment at low tide level. Many of the smaller specimens among the fine sediment on the underside of the stones, where they crawl about and feed. Remarks: Unfortunately no trace of the beauty of the living animal remains in preserved material. The specific name was chosen because of the ‘ green gold’ or gold-plated colouring of the cerata. This is the first record of this genus from Australia and the next genus is closely allied. Genus CATRIONA Winckworth, 1941. Acleioproct Eolidacea; with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth are arched, with a central cusp shorter than or not markedly longer than the lateral denticles; with the jaw process denticulate; with the rhinophores simple; having simple liver branches and at least three branches in the right liver, each with a single row of cerata; having the foot corners rounded, CATRIONA VIRIDIANA sp. nov. Text fig. 13. Diagnosis: Body long and rather slender, length 8 mm. and breadth 1 mm. Foot corners rounded and expanded slightly beyond the width of the remainder of the foot. Cephalic tentacles short and claviform, the ends are rounded and a little swollen. Rhinophores simple, they appear to be slightly wrinkled but this may be muscular movement within themselves; bases close together. The liver system has three short simple rows in the right liver and its left partner. The remaining four branches of the left liver on either side are simple and short, all with the cerata inserted in a single row. The cerata are stoutly fusiform and terminate in a flattened tip; the formula is 3.4.5—5 (6)—4 (5)—4 —3 (4), the figures enclosed in brackets indicate the number of cerata in the corresponding rows on the left side. The anus emerges in the interhepatic 112 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS space just in front of the dorsal end of the fourth liver row; the nephroproct is slightly in front of this again. The genital apertures are contiguous and are situated either side of the lateral end of the second right liver branch. CN N M br | | 4 A / N I W fi aa rd 3 2-« j BI." | C gr a R a | | | | raf I bl Text fig. 18.—Catriona viridiana sp. nov. Liver system. The body is pale green-yellow and the rhinophores are yellow tipped. The cerata are dark green with white tips, all encased in a transparent yellowish skin. Locality: Torquay (1 specimen 30th October, 1958, F20,520). Station: Under stone at low tide level. Remarks: The genus Catriona is distinguished from its congener Cuthona by the presence of rounded foot corners and a reduced central cusp on the radula teeth. The present specimen has retained much of the colour of the cerata but the body has become cream in tone. Without examining the radula. this species cam easily be identified as a Catriona by the rounded foot corners and the position of the anus in the interhepatie space, Subfamily TERGIPEDIN ARE. This subfamily differs from the true Cuthonidae in that the right liver (and its left partner) contain at the most two branches, The genital organs do not have an associated gland or sac on the male organ, Probably the subfamily deserves family rank in the Acleioprocta. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 113 Genus THRGIPES Cuvier, 1805. Acleioproct Eolidacea: with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth are arched with the central cusp longer than the lateral denticles, with a single row of denticles on the jaw processes; with the right liver (and left partner) containing a single row, each row terminating in a single ceras; with simple rhinophores and the foot corners rounded (? tentaculiform). The other genus of this subfamily is Embletonia Alder and Haneock, 1851, which has a velum instead of cephalic tentacles. An internal examination of the present specimen may show that it should not be referred to Tergipes but to some other genus, possibly new. The presence of large tentaculiform foot corners substantiates this claim, although without internal examination little can be said. TERGIPES PAUCULAS sp. nov. Text fig. 14. Diagnosis: Body short and plump, length 5 mm. and breadth 2mm. In spirits, the foot corners are produced into stout tentaculiform processes. Cephalic tentacles very long and slender, much longer than shown in text figure 14, their actual length corresponds to that of the body, ie., 5 mm. Rhinophores long and slender, simple, slightly wrinkled. The liver system is much reduced, the right liver and its left partner contains but one branch each and the posterior or left liver contains a further two simple branches either side. A single ceras surmounts the lateral extremity of each liver branch, thus the cerata formula is 1—1—1. The cerata are extremely elongate, fusiform, with the ends curled over; they tend to wave and move about when the animal crawls around. The anus emerges a little anterio-lateral of the second liver branch and the nephroproct is a little above and in front of the anus. The genital aperture is large, and situated below the right liver. Text fig. 14.—T'er- gipes pauculas sp. nov. Liver system. The body-colour is transparent orange with the central liver duct showing as a pale blue mid-dorsalline. The rhinophores are orange with yellow upper ends. The cephalic tentacles are pale blue. The cerata have the digestive glands 6259/60.—8 114 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS coloured bright orange, all enclosed in a very pale blue skin. The foot and mouth are orange. In spirits a number of pale whitish longitudinal lines are present along either side of the body, otherwise the colour is dirty brown. Locality: Portarlington (one specimen 20th March, 1955, F20,521). Station: Under stone at extreme low tide, among seaweed, Remarks: From an examination of the sketches made of the living animal, it can be stated that the foot corners are rounded in life and are expanded considerably beyond the remainder of the foot. Contrary to this the foot corners of the spirit specimen are defininately tentaculiform. Without further material it is perhaps better to accept the possibility of either rounded or tentaculiform foot corners in the specifie (? and generic) diagnosis. The present specimen had lost all its cerata before being placed in spirits but should it be found again the paucity of cerata would at once provide the clue to its identity. Superfamily CLEIOPROC'T A, Anus more or less within or behind the second group of cerata on the right side. Radula uniseriate, Family FACELINIDAE. Nephroproct abanal, generally separated from the anus by one or more rows of cerata. Right liver with three or more near-parallel branches and the left partner with a similar number. Radula teeth cuspidate. Genus FACELINA Alder and Hancock, 1855. Cleioproct Eolidacea: with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth are broadly arched with a central cusp, either denticulate or simple, and numerous lateral denticles; the jaw process with a single row of denticles; with five to fifteen parallel branches in the right liver, having the cerata inserted in single rows; with perfoliate or annulate rhinophores and tentaculiform foot corners, FACELINA NEWCOMBI ( Angas). Text figs. 15-16. Flabellina newcombi Angas, 1864, J. Conchyliol., 12, p. 68, pl. 6, fig. 8. Diagnosis: Body very slender and attenuated, length about 20 mm. and breadth 2 mm. Foot corners narrowly tentaculiform. Cephalic tentacles stout, often distally curled in towards each other. Rhinophores with 4—7 annulae, all near the distal end. The liver system contains a great many branches. The right liver and left partner have five short simple rows; in the remainder of the left liver the second branches have four, the third have three, and finally there are four single rows either side. The cerata formula is 2.3.4.5.5 4.4.4.4—4.4.4—3—3—2— 2. The cerata are stoutly fusiform and bluntly pointed. The anus emerges in the midst of the second liver group on the right VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 115 side, i.e., with two rows separating it from the interhepatic space. The nephroproct is near the dorsal end of the first row of the second group. The genital apertures are below and behind the posterior row of the right liver. P a a leet PA | "i— ga , e = FG n M Zz J (ia Text fig. 15.—Facelina | newcombi (Angas). | Lateral | and dorsal | views of a radula | tooth. Text fig. 16.— Facelina newcombi (Angas). Liver system. The radula has nineteen series of teeth, each with a slender central non-denticulate cusp; most teeth have five strong lateral denticles but a few have a sixth below the normal five. Body-colour pale cream maculated with large buff or fawn patches along the dorsum and laterally in front of the rhinophores. The rhinophore bases are brown, and usually the cephalic tentacles have a proximal and median brown patch. The cerata are black or dark brown internally, with white tips, the enveloping skin is sometimes spotted with silvery green dots. Localities: Portarlington (one specimen 28th August, 1955, F20,522) ; Torquay (one specimen 9th March, 1957, F20,523; four specimens 22nd November, 1957, F20,524; three specimens "th January, 1958, F20,525; two specimens 27th January, 1958, F20,526; one specimen 20th December, 1956, F20,521). Station: Under stones or crawling on weed in rock pools left at low tide level. Remarks: The maculated body and black or dark brown cerata immediately separate F. newcombi from all other species deseribed here. The position of the anus and genital apertures separate this and the next species, F. hartleyt sp. nov. 116 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS FACELINA HARTLEYI sp. nov. Text fig. 17. Diagnosis: A very small species, slender and attenuated, length 5 mm. and breadth 1 mm. Foot corners broadly tentaculiform. Cephalic tentacles stout, and with the distal ends curled in towards each other as in F. newcombi (Angas). Rhinophores with 4—6 annulae, all near the top. The right liver and left partner contain five simple short rows, the second branches of the left liver three, and then there are four single rows either side. The cerata formula is 1.3.4.5.6—3.5.5—5-——4—2—2. The cerata are rather elongate fusiform and attain their largest diameter just below the tip. The anus is behind the first row of the second liver branch; the nephroproct is in the interhepatic space a little more dorsal than the anus. The genital aperture is laterally below the third row of the right liver. Text fig. 17.— Facelina — hartleyi sp. nov. Liver system. Body-colour white with an orange patch either side of the head in front of the the rhinophores. Cerata very dark red with white tips, Locality: Flinders (three specimens 25th May, 1958, type F20,528 and paratypes 720,529). Station: Under a single stone at low tide level. Remarks: This is a very pretty species when alive and much of the colour is retained in spirits. Named after Mr. Denzil Hartley of Melbourne, in whose company the three specimens were collected bv the author. Family FAVORINIDAE. Comprises those genera in which the right liver (and left partner) are in the form of arches, or exceptionally are simple. The cerata are inserted in either single or double (multiple) rows upon the liver branches, VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 117 Subfamily FAVORININAE, The genera of this subfamily have the cerata inserted in single rows upon the liver branches. Genus FAVORINUS Gray, 1850, Cleioproct Eolidacea: with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth have a prominent central cusp, serrate along the edges and without lateral denticles; jaw processes with several rows of denticles or smooth; with the right liver and the more anterior branches of the left liver in the form of arches, cerata inserted in single rows; rhinophores smooth or wrinkled; with the foot corners produced into tentaculiform processes; having the penis short, conical and unarmed; with the nephroproct dorsal in front of the anterior limb of the adanal liver group. FAVORINUS PANNUCEUS sp. nov. Text fig. 18. Diagnosis: A very small species, very slender, length 5 mm. Foot corners produced into narrow tentaculiform processes. Cephalic tentacles stout, ends curled in towards each other. Rhinophores long and slender, rear edge papillate; appear very large in comparison to the size of the body. Right liver and partner in the form of an arch. Second branches of the left liver on each side also arched and there are four posterior simple rows either side. The cerata in each group respectively number 5—3—2—2-—1—1; in shape they are fusiform, short, sides more or less straight, the greatest diameter is attained about a third below the distal end and above this it terminates in a blunt point. The anus emerges a little behind the anteriar arm of the second arch on the right side and the nephroproct is dorsal from the anus in the interhepatic space. The genital apertures are situated towards the anterior arm of the right liver. Text fig. 18.— Favorinus pan- nuceus sp. nov. Liver system. Body-colour white, the buccal mass shows as a pink patch on either side of the head. The cerata are fawn with white tips. 118 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS Locality: Flinders (one specimen 25th May, 1958, F20,531). Station: Under a stone at low tide level. Remarks: When this species is collected again, the papillate rhinophores would enable quick identification. The presence of papillae on what should be simple rhinophores casts some doubt upon the correctness of placing pannuceus in Favorinus. Further material will perhaps clarify the situation. The specific name is given in allusion to the wrinkled appearance of the rhinophores although they are papillate. Genus CRATENA Bergh, 1864. Cleioproct Eolidacea: with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth have a prominent central cusp and strong lateral denticles; with the jaw processes irregularly denticulate; with the anterior liver groups in the form of arches in which the cerata are inserted in single rows; having linear cephalic tentacles and usually smooth rhinophores, foot corners rounded or produced into tentaculiform processes; having the penis unarmed and with associated glands; with the nephroproct in front of the adanal group of cerata. Remarks: The following two species necessitate the addition of this genus to the Australian list. Their remarkable colouring separate them from any others described here. The distribution of Cratena is world-wide but appears to be limited in the southern hemisphere to two or three species. CRATENA MACPHERSONAE xp. nov, Text figs. 19-20. Diagnosis: Body very linear, tail narrow and long, length up to 20 mm. and breadth up to 2 mm. Foot corners expanded laterally and rounded in shape. Cephalic tentacles long and slender, distally curled upwards and inwards. Rhinophores long and smooth, bases approximating. The right liver and its left partner are in the form of narrow arches, the cerata are inserted in a single row on each arch. The remainder of the left liver is furnished with eight simple rows either side. The cerata in each group number respectively 7 (5)—95—6—5—5—4—4—3—2; in shape they are narrowly fusiform, pointed and strongly curved, so much so that they resemble sickles. The pericardium is very swollen and is much wider than the dorsal space between a pair of liver groups. The anus is at the rear of the most lateral ceras of the first simple liver branch on the right side; the nephroproct is dorsal about one-third the interhepatic space forward of the adanal liver row. The genital aperture is below the anterior arm of the right liver. The radula contains 25 series of teeth, each with a prominent central cusp and 6—10 lateral denticles. In some aspects the teeth resemble those of C. serrata, in that viewed laterally the outermost denticles appear to be merely serrations of the upper edge of the tooth. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 119 7. aeg ga i ul ae Text figs. 19-20.—Cratena E: sp. nov. 19—Liver system, 20—Lateral view of a tooth from the radula. Body-colour pale green-tinted cream; cephalic tentacles and rhinophores yellow tipped. Cerata dark greenish-blue, each ceras with a yellow tip. Foot with a white sole. Locality: Flinders (three specimens 16th May, 1959, collected J. H. Macpherson, type F20,790, paratypes F20,863). Station: Collected from the weed growth on the piles of the jetty at the above locality. Remarks: The beautiful blue and vellow cerata of this species at once distinguish it from any of the known Australian EOLIDACEA. The rounded foot corners are also a good character, but this species should not be confused with the smaller Catriona viridiana sp. nov. which has similarly rounded foot corners and green and white cerata. The species is named after Miss J. H. Maepher son of the National Museum of Victoria, to whom the author is indebted for much nudibranch material. CRATENA SERRATA Baba. Hervia serrata Baba, 1949, Opisthobranchia of Sagami Bay, p. 179, pl. 46, fig. 156-157, text fig. 142-143. Diagnosis: Body rather plump, pinched in laterally near the HUN length 15 mm. Foot broad, corners produced into short tentaculiform processes. Cephalic tentacles long and somewhat slender in comparison to the body. Rhinophores small, simple but wavy or wrinkled for most of their length. The liver has most of its branches in the form of arches; there are 120 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS six arches along either side including the right liver and left partner; two simple branches terminate the left liver posteriorly. The cerata are inserted in single rows upon the arches. The cerata are very elongate-fusiform, and terminate in a blunt point, they are capable of much movement within themselves. The anus is situated in the centre of the second arch on the right side with the nephroproct close by in the interhepatic space. The genital apertures are below the anterior arm of the right liver, The radula of the present specimen contained only twelve series of teeth, each with about 25 small serrations along either edge of the cusp. The teeth are much crowded upon one another. Body-colour cream, cerata pale pink with the digestive glands slightly darker. Locality: Torquay (one specimen 7th January, 1958, F20,530). Station: Under stone in a pool at low tide level. Remarks: This record gives C. serrata a wide distribution in the western Pacific Ocean for its type locality is Japan. The pale pink colour of the cerata is without compare among the species tabulated here. The cream body and rather broad foot separate it from the greenish-hodied and narrow-footed C. macphersonae. Subfamily FACALANINAE, Favorinids with the cerata inserted in double rows upon the liver arches. Genus AUSTRAEOLIS gen, nov. Cleioproct Eolidacea: with a uniseriate radula in which the teeth have a prominent central cusp and 4—5 lateral denticles; the jaw processes denticulate. With most of the liver branches in the form of arches in which the cerata are inserted in double or multiple rows; with the nephroproct in front of the adanal liver group; having annulate rhinophores and tentaculiform foot corners; with a long finger-like penis, the glans of which is beset with a circlet of minute fleshy filaments. Type species: Flabellina ornata Angas, 1864. Remarks: This new genus is erected for what is probably the best known and most common of Australia’s Kolidacea. The combination of the various characteristics given above separates Austraeolis from all other Eolidacean genera. The fleshy filaments of the glans penis are undoubtedly a mid-way development between those genera with an unarmed glans and those with a single hook or circlet of hooks on the glans. Specimens from the type locality, Sydney Harbour, have the filaments of the glans joined by a thin skin or web, much like the webbed foot of a duck. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 121 AUSTRAEOLIS ORNATA (Angas). Text figs. 21-22. i Flabellina ornata Angas, 1864, J. Conchyliol., 12, p. 67, pl. 6, fig. T. Diagnosis: Body elongate, plump, length up to 35 mm. Foot corners narrowly tentaculiform. Cephalic tentacles long and slender. Rhinophores with 9 annulae. Liver system with the five anterior branches in the form of arches and the two posterior branches in the form of simple rows. The cerata are inserted in multiple rows in the anterior two arches, ie., right liver and left partner and adanal group and partner; the third groups have the cerata inserted in double rows, beyond this they are in single rows. The cerata are far too numerous and close together to count accurately; they are very slender fusiform, rather short; the digestive gland appears as a series of transverse patches; they are contractile and can shrink or can elongate to half as much again as normal. The anus is in the centre of the second right arch of the liver and the nephroproct is in the interhepatic space in front of the adanal liver group. Genital apertures below the anterior arm of the right liver. Penis long, finger-like and curved forward, transversely demarked by muscular ridges; glans beset with a circlet of six minute fleshy filaments, without any trace of chitonous or spicular hooks. The seminal tube through the penis follows a defined path, very much convoluted towards the glans; the tube is orange-yellow in colour. The radula contains 20—22 series of teeth, each tooth with a prominent central cusp and four lateral denticles, the outer of which is little more than a knob. The jaw processes have a single row of about twenty distinctive knob-like denticles along each masticatory edge. Text figures 21-22.—Austraeolis ornata (Angas). »1— Liver system; 22—a Lateral view of a radula tooth, b—Portion of the masticatory edge of the jaw, e—Detail of the glans penis. 122 VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS Body-colour pale orange flecked and maculated with yellow or white. The cerata are dark internally with white tips. The transparent skin enveloping the cerata is usually flecked or spotted with orange, red, yellow, brown, green and blue. Only one of these colour or any combination may be present in specimens from any one locality; when all colours are present the animal is most beautiful and showy. Locality: Torquay (very many specimens, collected in the period from March 1956 to March 1958); Flinders (8 specimens 10th March, 1958, F20,532; two specimens 25th May, 1958, F20,533). Station: Under stones and crawling on seaweed at low tide level. Remarks: Little need be said concerning the present species other than to note its great variability of colour. A. ornata is very common along the eastern coastline of Australia. from Cape Otway, Victoria to Long Reef, New South Wales and possibly this range can be further extended westward and northward if collecting is undertaken, AUSTRAEOLIS FUGCIA Sp. nov, Text figs. 23-24. Diagnosis: Body plump, rather high, length 9 mm, and breadth 2 mm. Foot corners very narrowly tentaculiform and close to the body. Cephalic tentacles long and slender. Rhinophores short, with six annulae. Liver system with the two anterior branches in the form of broad arches, the third branch on partial arches, and the remaining three branches simple and short. The arches of the third branches have very short or reduced anterior arms but are not simple as are the posterior branches. The cerata are elongate-fusiform. and are set in double rows upon the arches, the remaining branches have single rows of cerata. The anus is in the middle of the arch of the second liver group and the nephroproct is in the interhepatic space just above the anterior arm of the adanal liver group. The genital apertures are below the middle of the right liver arch. Text fig. 23.— Austraeolis fucia sp. nov. Lateral view of a radula tooth. VICTORIAN NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCS 123 The radula contains nineteen series of teeth, each tooth has a prominent central cusp and five lateral denticles, the outer three of which are somewhat shorter than the sequent two. In some teeth the outer denticle on either side is reduced to a mere knob. Text fig. 24.— Animal.—Cephalic tentacles medium brown, rounded at tips. Siphon white, tinged with pale grey, unfringed at the front end, but having instead a series of serrations like the teeth of a saw. Mantle pale brown, appearing whitish-grey against the shell. No mantle papillae are apparent. Foot pale brown. There is some variation in colour, some animals being greyish-brown or even grey. Radula.—The central tooth differs from other Notocypraea species by its large size and by its almost semicircular shape. There are no base cusps, their place being taken by a pair of sharp ridges which extend towards and sometimes across the bottom of the tooth. (Pl IV., fig. 1). Variation—Beach shells from eastern Victoria are occasionally distinctly banded across the dorsum, the interrupted brown bands being of medium width. Deep water specimens trawled alive off Eden, N.S.W., are of medium size. The shell has a reddish-brown dorsum crossed in the centre by two interrupted or continuous dark brown bands. In this it resembles some forms of N. comptonii; the shape of the fossula is here the best diagnostic point. (PL L, figs. 2-3). Habitat: Under rocks and stones; in sponges and Bryozoa. Distribution: N.S.W., south of Eden, to Gulf St. Vincent, S.A. Eastern and northern Tasmania from Cape Pillar to Cape Grim. A report of dead shells having been found in the Abrolhos Is., W. A., is probably incorrect, and is very likely based on worn specimens of N. comptonii. Nomenclature: N. angustata was named by Gmelin in 1191, reference being made to a drawing by Gualtieri in Testarium Conchyliorum Index published in 1742. Iredale ( 1924) considers the description is not that of an Australian species, his grounds being that Australian shells did not reach Europe before the publication of Gualtieri’s work. Since the Dutch were in Tasmania in 1642, an Australian shell could have been that illustrated by Gualtieri; his drawing and description, while not very illuminating, are as good as many referred to for other species by Linnaeus and Gmelin, and not hitherto questioned. There is thus good reason, apart from the need for continuity, for retaining Gmelin’s name in place of the proposed alternative N. verconis Cotton and Godfrey, 1952. 214 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA Most of the specimens examined by the author came from the area between N.S.W. and Spencer Gulf. Little material from Western Australia was available. It is, however, evident that western Notocypraea differ in many respects from their eastern relations, and a thorough study of western specimens will very likely disclose the existence of new species and sub-species. The geographical distributions given below for each species are based on records of shells in public and private collections, and on some localities quoted in literature. Owing to the confusion between species in most scientific papers, many of the latter references are not acceptable. The list of species is in two parts. The first contains those which on present evidence must be considered valid species. The second describes some forms which further investigation may show to be good species, but on which our present knowledge is insufficient. Tables I.-II. contain details of shell dimensions and other measurable characters. It only remains to emphasize that this paper is no more than a preliminary review of an extremely complex group. Study of the new material which modern methods of collecting are now providing will inevitably change the picture in many respects. This further research, will only be possible if every collector adopts a new point of view. He will have to realize that information on the animal—its habitat, appearance, structure, radula, behaviour and method of breeding—is even more important than collection of the shell. Until further know- ledge of the animal is gained, little progress is likely. This review would have been impossible without the support and advice of the authorities of the National Museum, Melbourne; to them I am most grateful. My thanks are also due to the Directors and Staffs of the Australian Museum, the South Australian Museum, the Tasmanian Museum and the Western Australian Museum. Much assistance has also been given by private collectors. LIST OF SPECIES. Notocypraea angustata (Gmelin, 1791). (Plate L, figs. 1-8. Plate IV., fig. 1). Shell.—This is longer than those of most other species of the genus, and broader and taller in proportion to length. Shell size is variable, some shells being longer and considerably more swollen than the average. The dorsum is dark brown or greyish-brown, and rarely shows any trace of dorsal bands. 216 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA Notocypraea comptonii (Gray, 1847). (Plate I., figs. 9-21. Plate IV., fig. 2). Shell: Usually with two continuous brown bands crossing the centre of the brown or reddish-brown dorsum; less frequently there are two additional bands, one towards the front of the shell and a less distinct one near the rear. The bands are narrow, and usually remain separate from each other over the whole width of the shell. In very dark shells these bands are sometimes hard to see. Occasional shells are piperate on the lateral part or even on the top of the dorsum. The fossular teeth are smaller than those of N. angustata, and are interrupted or shallowed to form a depression halfway down; the depression is deep in front and shallow where it meets the columellar sulcus. The lateral spots are smaller than those of N. angustata. The base of the shell is white, cream, brown or even tinged with purple. Young Shell: Pale brown in colour, with the dorsum and sides crossed by four narrow medium brown bands composed of discontinuous small patches. (1,93. Animal: Pale orange or bright yellow in colour. The cephalic tentacles are rounded at the tips, and darker in colour in front. The siphon bears no fringe of papillae. The mantle has a dozen or so unbranched whitish mamilliform papillae on each side. The mantle edges sometimes meet on top and sometimes on the labial side of the dorsum. Radula: The central is shaped like a truncated triangle. In the lower corners are two cusps, positioned obliquely with the tips pointing outwards. (EL dV. LE y. Variation: The dorsal colour is very variable. In Western Port Bay, Victoria, and Tumby Bay, S.A., shells are very dark brown (IL, 10-13), but in other places they are medium or even light brown. Shells from below the tide level at Portland and Lakes Entrance, Victoria, and intertidally at Port MacDonnell, S.A., are often pale yellow or pale brown in colour, with the dorsal bands sometimes only faintly visible. Some Port MacDonnell shells are completely white. (Pl. L, 18 and 21). Specimens trawled from southern N.S.W. and eastern Victoria at about 40 fathoms have straw coloured dorsums, and are narrower than shallow water specimens. They have been identified as N. comptonii mainly on the evidence of the radula. Later research may show them to be specifically distinct. (Pl. L, figs. 14-16). Habitat: Intertidally, under stones. In deeper waters on and in Bryozoa and in sponges. Distribution: Southern N.S.W., about Eden, to Abrolhos Is., W.A. Tasmania. Notocypraea declivis (Sowerby, 1870). (Plate LL, figs. 22-27. Plate IV., fig. 3). Shell: Fully adult specimens are recognizable by the dorsal pattern. which consists of a pale milky layer densely covered by many small brown specks. N. declivis differs from N. comptonii by its general colour being sepia rather than reddish-brown, by the more prominent pairs of terminal patches, and by its greater width and height. The close relationship between the two species is shown by some similarity in the fossular arrangement; but the teeth of N. declivis tend to be larger, and are more formed in the centre of the REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA 217 fossula. The fossular depression is consequently less noticeable. Shells of N. declivis from Tasmania are darker and more heavily spotted on the dorsum than shells from western Victoria. Young Shell: Immature shells from Tasmania (believed to be N. declivis) have dorsal bands recalling those of N. comptonii. Radula: Resembles that of N. comptonii (Pl. IV., fig. 3). Distribution: Tasmania, St. Helen’s to Stanley; Carnarvon, W.A.; Flinders I., Bass Strait; Lorne, Victoria; Port MacDonnell, S.A. Nomenclature: Iredale (1935) named a subspecies N. d.occidentalis from Western Australia. Of the shells in the Australian Museum labelled with this name, one is N. pulicaria and the others, which are piperate on the backs and have no dorsal bands visible, more nearly resemble N. piperita than N. declivis. Any further specimens put forward as N. d.occidentalis can easily be verified by the radula. At present evidence for a western sub-species is insufficient, and the name occidentalis must be considered invalid. Remarks: The only sinistral specimen of Cypraeidae known to the author is in the South Australian Museum. Notocypraea dissecta (Iredale, 1931). (Plate II., figs. 28-23. Plate IV., fig. 4). Shell: Subovate or somewhat cylindrical in shape, thin and light in weight, with the right side little calloused. The white or reddish-brown dorsum is crossed by up to four narrow, interrupted, evenly spaced brown bands, the centre two being the most prominent. There is no other dorsal decoration. There are usually two light brown blotches on the front end of the shell, and a stain in the deep and wide spire pit. The spots on the labial side of the shell are small, and average 20 to 30 in number; mature shells have about ten slightly larger spots on the columellar side. The base of fully-grown shells is white. The aperture is broad throughout, slightly constricted in front on the labial side, and sharply bent at the rear. The small teeth extend about halfway across the base on the labial side, but are confined to the aperture on the columellar side. The fossula is wide, deep and long, often with a very prominent lower edge which extends a considerable way out into the aperture in a manner reminiscent of N. pulicaria. The columellar sulcus is slight. Young shell: Similar in colour to the adult. The bands are usually more distinct. Radula: The central has some points in common with that of N. piperita. The base cusps, however, are different in form. (Pl. IV., fig. 4). Habitat: In sponges. Usually dredged at about 40 fathoms. Distribution: Sydney to Green Cape, N.S.W. Remarks: The holotype is in the Australian Museum. It is 19:5 mm. long, 10:9 mm. wide and 9 mm. high, with 28 labial and 21 columellar teeth. The twenty spots on the labial side are 218 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA small; the ten on the columellar side are slightly larger. The lower edge of the fossula protudes less far out into the aperture than in most specimens examined. There are traces of the two central dorsal bands. Notocypraea emblema Iredale, 1951. (Plate LV., fig. 12). Shell: The holotype in the Autralian Museum is 27-3 mm. long, 18-1 mm. wide and 15-3 mm. tall. It has 26 teeth on the labial side and 21 on the columellar side. On the labial side there are about 30 medium or large brown spots, with about ten of the same size on the opposite side. The shell is white, with no trace of dorsal bands. The labial side of the aperture is considerably constricted forward. The spire lies in a pit. Radula: The central of the holotype is very large, and almost square in shape. It has two large base cusps which extend below the bottom edge of the tooth. (PI. IV., fig. 12). Remarks: Only one specimen of this species is available. It has many points in common with the holotype of N. molleri and with a series of specimens dredged between Green Cape and Gabo Island, and included under the latter name. It was at first proposed to lump the three groups together, but the radula of the holotype of N. emblema was later found to differ in shape, size and in form of basal eusps from those of the Green Cape specimens. N. emblema is therefore retained as a separate species. Notocypraea euclia Steadman and Cotton, 1946. (Plate II., figs. 34-36. Plate IV., fig. 5). Shell: N. euclia differs from N. pulicaria by the pale cream dorsum, by the total absence of transverse dorsal bands, by the lower edge of the fossula not protruding to any great extent into the aperture, and by the lesser number of spots on the labial side. While the dorsum is usually plain, occasional specimens are decorated with faint and small light brown spots. Radula: Resembles that of N. piperita. (Pl. IV., fig. 5). Habitat: All known specimens were dredged by Sir J. Verco at depths of 100 to 116 fathoms. Distribution: 40 to 90 miles west of Eucla, W. A. Notocypraea molleri (Iredale, 1931). (Plate II., figs. 37-44. Plate IV., fig. 8). Shell: Ovate, with a tall and wide dorsum. The dorsal colour is usually pale flesh, but occasionally white. There are four fairly wide interrupted light brown dorsal bands; the central ones sometimes extend completely across the dorsum, while the end ones reach only to the top. On some shells the bands are only present well down on the left side, or are even absent altogether. There are usually two pale brown anterior terminal blotches, and often an REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA 219 uneven patch of colour in the spire pit. The labial spots, usually large in size, are generally few in number; the infrequent shells with the columellar sides spotted have still fewer but equally large spots. In mature shells the base is white. The aperture is wide throughout, considerably bent at the rear, and almost unconstricted in front. The teeth are fairly big; on the labial side they extend halfway across the base, though on the columellar side they reach only just beyond the aperture. The fossula is deep, wide and long; it is formed of ridges of teeth on top and bottom, somewhat similar to many specimens of N. angustata, but the lower edge goes down more deeply into the shell than the lower edge of the columellar sulcus. The lower adge of the fossula extends slightly out into the aperture. Radula: The central is almost square in shape; it sometimes has a slight protrusion on the sides. The base cusps are replaced by a pair of ridges similar to those of N. angustata. (Pl. IV., fig. 8). Habitat: In sponges at about 60 fathoms. Distribution: Off Green Cape, N.S.W., to Lakes Entrance, Victoria. Also off Stanley, North-west Tasmania. Nomenclature: There are a number of points of similarity in the holotype of N. molleri and in the series of shells dredged off Green Cape and Gabo L, by Mr. Buckland. A good case could be made for separating the latter specimens under a new specific name. It is better, however, to consider them for the present as different forms of the one species, and to withhold new nomenclature until more evidence is available. Iredale proposed the new generic name Thelxinovum for the species mollert on the grounds that the spire protrudes. While this protrusion is not common, it occurs occasionally in several other species of the genus Notocypraea, and is not generically significant. The name Thelzinovum must therefore be considered invalid. Description of the Holotype: The holotype of N. molleri (Iredale), which is in the Australian Museum, is 25-5 mm. long, 15-7 mm. wide and 13-3 mm. high. It has 28 labial and 23 columellar teeth. There are about 60 small to medium spots on the labial side, and about 80 on the columellar side. The constriction on the forward end of the labial side of the aperture is slight. The spire protrudes slightly above its pit; its tip is concealed in the callus material deposited on the rear end of the shell. There are no dorsal bands visible. The side and end markings are darker than those of the shells dredged by Buckland, and the lateral spots are more numerous, Notocypraea piperita (Gray, 1825). (Plate III., figs. 47-99. Plate IV., fig. 1); j orsum is cream to light brown in colour. On it are four Ta n EEA bands; on most shells the central two join into one very wide band on top of the shell. The front and rear bands are often less prominent than the central pair. Occasional shells have bands so wide that they coalesce, obscuring most of the cream dorsum. The top and 220 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA sides of the shell are sometimes spotted (' piperate”) and even occasionally reticulate, the marks being medium or dark brown. The teeth in the region of the fossula are smaller than those of N. angustata and more regular than those of N. comptonii. They are longitudinally channelled in the centre, the depression extending to form a marked columellar sulcus running the whole length of the shell. The lower part of the fossular teeth sometimes bends out to form a distinct protrusion into the aperture. Young Shell: Not readily distinguishable from that of N. comptonii. Animal: Orange. Mantle papillae elevated above mantle, and sparsely scattered over it. Radula: The central is somewhat square in shape, and slightly narrower on top. The base cusps are situated near the centre line of the tooth, and point downwards parallel to it. (Pl. IV., fig. 7.) Variation: Some beach shells from Mallacoota, Victoria, are broader and heavier than shells from other places. Dorsal reticulation is more frequent in Western Australian shells. There, too, the bands are sometimes hidden. The identification of the specimens illustrated in pl. IIL, figs. 57-59 is tentative. Greater knowledge of the Western Australian Notocypraea may show this form to be a distinct species. Habitat: Intertidally, under stones and rocks. In sponges at 40 fathoms off Eden, N.S.W. Distribution: From Eden, N.S.W., to Freemantle, W.A. Northern shores of Tasmania. Nomenclature: Cypraea bicolor Gaskoin, 1848, is not specifically separable. Notocypraea pulicaria (Reeve, 1846). (Plate IL, figs. 45-46. Plate IV., fig. 6). Shell: Somewhat cylindrical in shape, shorter in length than most other Notocypraea species, and relatively light in weight. The pale yellow or cream- coloured dorsum is crossed by four narrow transverse bands, medium-brown in colour, consisting of distinct squarish blotches. The lower edge of the fossula usually protrudes a considerable way into the aperture of the shell. The teeth are small and numerous. The base is covered by a thin layer of white callus, occasionally thick enough to hide the coloured bands which cross the columellar side. Young Shell: Similar in colour and banding to the adult. Radula: Resembles that of N. piperita. (Pl. IV., fig. 6.) Variation: Occasional shells have slightly wider dorsal bands, while some, perhaps not quite mature, have the lower edge of the fossula less projecting. Habitat: Intertidally, under stones. Distribution: Western Australia: Esperance to Freemantle. REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA 221 Notocypraea wilkinsi (Griffiths, 1959). (Plate III., figs. 60-63. Plate IV., fig. 9). Shell: "This is easily distinguished from other shallow water species by its dorsal colour, which is pale gold or pale yellow. In this it is similar to some deep-water Notocypraea, but it differs by the total absence of dorsal bands, even in the one oliviform shell so far found. Most shells are without lateral spots; when present, as in the holotype, they are very small. The fossular arrangement is somewhat reminiscent of N. piperita, to which N. wilkinsi is obviously closely related. In proportion to length, shells of N. wilkinsi are lighter in weight than the shallow water specimens of the other eastern species. Animal: Tentacles pale orange, darker at the ends; tapering in shape, with rounded tips. Siphon pale cream, almost translucent, with no papillae at the front edge. Mantle translucent, colourless or very pale orange, almost invisible when extended over the shell; marked on the left with about twenty patches composed of dark dots. Mantle papillae unbranched, mamilli- form, with tips rounded; about twenty such papillae occur on each side. Foot very pale cream, also almost translucent, with some raised tubercles on the sides; it extends behind and on both sides of the shell when the animal crawls. The animal of the holotype is the only one so far observed. Radula: The central has points of similarity with that of N. piperita. CEI IV. fee, Habitat: Intertidally, under stones; in deeper water, on Bryozoa. Distribution: Western Port Bay, Victoria; from Flinders to San Remo. North-west Tasmania (?). POSSIBLE NEW SPECIES. Species W.: (Plate III., figs. 64-66; Plate IV.,fig. 13). The three specimens which form this group are part of lot 367.57 in the Western Australian Museum. They were collected alive at Bunker Bay, Cape Naturaliste, W.A. The shell dorsum 1s pale brown, crossed by traces of four interrupted medium-brown bands. The distinctive feature of the group is the radula (PL. IV., fig. 13) ; the single one found differs from those of any other species. Species X.: (Plate III., fig. 61-68.) 'The specimen illustrated was found in deep water off Portland, Victoria, and is now in the collection of Mr. Kurtze. Two other specimens are known, one number D.985 in the South Australian Museum, and one, from Tasmania, in the author's collection. No radula has been examined. The shells of this group are distinguished by their narrow width (56 per cent. of length) and height (44 per cent. of length), and by their large number of teeth (26 labial and 96 columellar, reduced according to Schilder and Schilder, 1938.) Tts dorsum is yellowish. 223 ‘(uuojdwos) Z9 pur (Dyn) g UBsdMJoq PAIVA peunseour soys Jo 1oquinu AL `E *pernseour souro13xo oq3 Aq poAo[[og Q 3so1eou oqj oj Surpvor uvow oq? 9AId 6 pu* g S[elI9S 'G REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA 8-0 96 el 646 DI 1-6 LI Z8 PO 8 9-0 7*8 L-0 2-6 I 0I 6-0 €:6 MV II 8-€ ad e. ec v.c 9€ €-9 ££ eg 9c 9-8 LZ TE cg e-e ZE £:9 Ee des dy OI (01-0) 0 (0-0 € (08-0 | er | (OI-0) 0 (00-0) ¢ (01-0) or | (0z-0D et |(0r-0 oz | (09-08) SF NSO 6 (0-0) € (0e-0) eg | (oot-0) cse | (0g-0 sr | (FO) ez | (oc-0D gr | (06-08) se | (08-05) os (08-0*) 09 NST 8 €-0 I 1-0 I £:0 ZT Z0 8-0 1-0 6-0 1-0 60 $0 LI €-0 £I €-0 €I IM L LO 9&8 PI c9 9-0 $€£ 6:0 F£ LO Se 9-0 e 6:0 € 8-0 ZE 9-0 £c "Id 9 FI 6:83 G-Z £416 9-1 I-Z 8-1 L-I% c1 «1-83 8-1 LZZ Y-D 9-61I Lo DIG L-1 6-61 LO 9 e-I &-Lz 8-1 2-8% 9-I L1:€6 Z IT-9 1-3 8c £6 9-16 L-I 6-7% Z-Z L- 6-1 co | U EE 9-6 oF 9-1 +P 8:3 8v ee 6F FI vv e-T OF LA^ cc L-Z 6F 6:1 gu qe He L-€ Le Z-Z 9G Y 09 9-7 09 I-I i25 1-3 ec E-z 99 9-& T9 9-6 L9 M $ L-p L-Z 6-1 E AI 9° Ic e. vc L-T 6l 6:0 9-6I C-Z 8-8 De Zez LS £96 |" "d nsmyyn ‘munoynd "nj4odid "242110 "Dona "Djoossip "sia poap "uod? "Djmjsn Bun RASEI] "UonerAop prepurys oy} Aq poaoj][o Surpeoi uvour oy} OATS [[ pu* OT ‘L-I S[eH9S `I — SALON ‘SLNGAWHYUNSVAW "TTMHS II Fav L 222 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA Species Y.: (Plate III., figs. 69-70; Plate IV., fig. 11). The one immature specimen examined was found to have a distinct radula (Pl. IV., fig. 11). The shell dorsum is deep straw in eolour, with faint traces of light-brown bands low down on the columellar side. There are pairs of small light-brown terminal patches in front and to the rear. The spire tip is in a deep pit. The specimen is F20,864 in the National Museum, Melbourne ; no locality is given other than Tasmania. Species Z.: (Plate III., figs. 71-72; Plate IV., fig. 10). Two specimens have been found. One, taken alive off Portland, is pale gold all over; it is in Mr. Kurtze's collection. The second specimen, also taken alive, but from an unknown locality, is in the South Australian Museum; the shell is faded almost to white. The shells are scarcely distinguishable from those of N. wilkinsi, but the radula, extracted from the second specimen, is very different in form. (Pl. IV., fig. 10.) TABLE I. LIST OF CHARACTERS MEASURED. Serial. Abbreviation. Measurement. 1 L Length of shell in mm. 2 W Width of shell as percentage of length. 3 H Height of shell as percentage of length. 4 LT Number of labial teeth, reduced to those of a shell 25 mm. long (Schilder and Schilder, 1938). All teeth and ridges were counted. o CT Number of columellar teeth, reduced as in Serial 4. The anterior terminal ridge was the only projection not included in the count. 6 PLE Protrusion of lower edge of fossula out into aperture. As percentage of length. 7 Wt Weight of shell in gms. divided by L cubed; Multiplied by 10,000 to facilitate handling of results. 8 LSN Number of spots on labial side of shell. CSN Number of spots on columellar side. 10 Ap Angle between tangents to aperture at front and rear. TH AW Width of aperture at rear. As percentage of length. 224 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA TABLE III. SIGNIFICANCE TESTS. The statistical significance of differences between certain pairs of species was determined. In the table given below a blank indicates a difference of 0-001 or more, and an entry a difference of less than 0-001. This means that on the average more than a thousand samples would have to be selected from two like populations before a difference of the size actually found could be expected to occur once, Entries in the table thus show that important differences exist between the species. The species named is the one with the larger measurement. Serial. qt | der | ae | aaae | once, 1 L dá £4 » = sa molleri piperita 2 W T T T '* | declivis molleri piperita 3H ca vs a '* | declivis AE piperita 4 LT - T ki - at T pulicaria 5 CT T RE ‘a T T A pulicaria | / v 6 PLE 7 T « bis Ki dissecta pulicaria - pulicaria 10 Ap iie n T a T " piperita wilkinsi - I1 AW Vs y» : pulicaria | REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA 225 REFERENCES. Allen, J., 1956.—Cowry Shells of World Seas (Melbourne). Anderson, 1837.—Wiegm. Arch, f. Natur. Angas, G. F., 1865.—Marine Mollusca of S. Aust. P. Zool. Soc. Lond. Angas, G. F., 1867.—Marine Mollusca in Port Jackson. P. Zool. Soc. Lond. Beddome, C. E., 1896.—C. angustata var. subcarnea. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., XXI. ue tee E., 1898.—Notes on Cypraea of Tasmania. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Brazier, J., 1882.—Cypraeidae on the Victorian Coast. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., VII. Cotton, B. C., 1948.—Australian Recent and Tertiary Cypraeacea. S. Aust. Naturalist 24 (4). Cotton, B. C., 1950.—Mollusca from W. Aust. Rec. S. Aust. Mus., IX (3). Cotton, B. C., 1958.—W. Aust. Cowries. J. Malac. Soc. Aust. 2. Cotton, B. C., and Godfrey, 1932.—S. Aust. Shells, Part III. S. Aust. Nat., XIII. Gmelin, 1791.—Syst. Nat. Linn., 13th Ed. I. Gray, J. E., 1824.—Monograph on Cypraea. Zool. Journ. I. Gray, J. E., 1847.—Juke’s Voyage of H.M.S. Fly, IL, Appendix. Griffiths, R. J., 1959.—4 new Species of Notocypraea. Men. Nat. Mus. Melb., 24. Gualtieri, 1742.—Index text. conchyl. (Florence.) Hedley, C., 1916.—Mollusca of W. Aust. J. R. Soc. W. Aust., I. Hedley and May, 1908.—Rec. Aust. Mus., VII. Hidalgo, 1907.—Monog. del Cypraea. Mem. Real Acad. Cien. Madrid, XXV. Iredale, T., 1924.—Roy Bell’s Molluscan Coll., P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., XLIX. Iredale, T., 1931.—Aust. molluscan Notes, Rec, Aust. Mus., XVIII (4). Iredale, T., 1935.—Australian Cowries, Part I., Aust. Zool., VIII (2). Iredale, T., 1939.—Australian Cowries, Part II. Aust. Zool., IX (3). Kenyon, A., 1896.—Callosities in Cypraea. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., XXI. Kiener, L. C., 1843.—Spécies des Coquilles. (Paris.) Ostergaard, J. M., 1950.—Spawning and Development of Gastropods. Pacific Science (2). Perry, 1811.—Conchology (London). Pritchard and Gatliff, 1900.—Marine Shells of Victoria. P. R. Soc. Vict., XII. Reeve, L., 1846.—Conchologia Iconica (London) III. Reeve, L., 1846.—Two new Cypraea Species. P. Zool. Soc. Lond. Roberts, S. R., in Tryon, G. W., 1885.—Manual of Conchology (Philadelphia) NIE, Schilder, F. A., 1927.—Arch. F. Natur. Schilder, F. A. and M., 1938.—Prodrome of Monograph on Cypraeidae. P. Malac Soc. Lond., 23. Schilder, F. A. and M., 1952.—Dautzenberg’s Collection of Cypraeidae. Instit. sci. nat. Belg. 2me. serie, fasc., 45. Sowerby, G. B., 1832.—Conchological Illustrations (London). Sowerby, G. B., 1870.—Thesaurus Conchyliorum (London), IV. Steadman, W. R. and Cotton, B. C., 1946.—Classification of Cowries. Rec. S. Aust. Mus., VIII. (3). Vayssiere, 1923 and 1927.—Recherches sur la Famille des Cypraeides. Ann. Mus. @Hist. Nat. de Marseille., XVIII., XXI. Verco, J. C., 1912.—Shells of the Great Aust. Bight. Trans. r. Soc. S. Aust., XXXVI. Verco, J. C., 1918.—S. Aust. marine Mollusca. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., XLII. References to other papers on Notocypraea are given in Verco (1918). 6259/60.—15 1-2 3-5 6-7 8 Between Eden and Cape Howe, 9 10-12 . declivis: 22-24 25-27 . dissecta: . €uclia: 84-36 . molleri: 37-39 40-41 42-44 . pulicaria: 45-46 . piperita: REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA CONTENTS OF PLATES. PLATE I. N. angustata: Beach shell. G.80, 24. Beach shell. Mallacoota, Vict. G.80, 26. Queenscliff, Vict. San Remo, Vict. G.80, 22. N.S.W. Deep water. Coll. Buckland. N. comptonii: Flinders, Vict. G.77, 12. Flinders, Vict. G.77, 14. Tumby Bay, S.A. G.77, 59. Between Eden and Green Cape, N.S.W. Deep water. Portland, Vict. Coll. Kurtze. Port MacDonnell, S.A. S.A. Museum. San Remo, Vict. Beach shell. G.77, 27. Port MacDonnell, S.A. S.A. Museum. G.77, 40. PLATE II. Seven Mile Beach, Stanley, N.W. Tasmania. Portland, Vict. G.78, 7. Beach shell. G.78, 4. GD Coll. Buckland | All between Eden and Green Cape, N.S:W. Deep Coll. Buckland ( water. | G.D.2 80 miles west of Eucla, W.A. Deep water. G.F.1. Off Gabo L, Vict. Deep water. G.E.8, 1. Off Gabo I. Deep water. G.E.8, 2. Between Eden and Green Cape, N.S.W. Deep water. G.E.3. W. Aust. G.75, 2. PLATE III. San Remo, "Vict. Beach shell. G.76, 14. Glenelg, S.A. G.76, 2 Western Port Bay, Vict. G.76, 16. Tumby Bay, S.A. G.76, 17. Eden, N.S.W. Deep water. Coll. Buckland. Bunker Bay, Cape Naturaliste, W.A. W.A. Mus., 367-57. REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA 201 N. wilkinsi: 60-61 Western Port Bay, Vict. Paratype No. 3. G.C.6. 62-63 Flinders, Vict. Beach shell Paratype No. 2. G.C.3. Species W.: | 64-66 Bunker Bay, Cape Naturaliste, W.A. W.A. Mus., 367-57. Species X.: 67-68 S.A. Museum D.985. Species Y.: 69-70 National Museum, Melbourne F. Species Z.: 71-72 Portland, Vict. Coll, Kurtze. PLATE IV. CENTRAL TEETH OF RADULAE. . angustata (Gmelin). . comptonii (Gray). . declivis (Sowerby). . dissecta Iredale. . euclia Steadman and Cotton. . pulicaria (Reeve). . piperita (Gray). . molleri (Iredale). . wilkinsi (Griffiths). . Species Z. 11. Species Y. 12. N. emblema Iredale. 13. Species W. DCN t ae RU ME en e j he average forms taken NorEs.—1. The teeth shown in 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 are t from a number of radulae. 3 is based on a sketch by Vayssiere. 9 and 12 are drawn from the holotypes; no other radulae of these species has so far been found. The radulae on which 10, 11 and 13 are based are also unique. 2.2 and 8 show alternative forms of centrals. 3. The chain dotted lines in 13 show the position of cusps which appear to be on the back of the tooth. 4. Magnification is x 150. 228 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA Prate I. REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA Prate Il. 230 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA + “ ‘e ve * m * A ma- -— E 10 7 Prate- TI. 231 REVIEW OF NOTOCYPRAEA HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA 233 THE LINNAEAN HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA. By Robert R. Talmadge. Text Figures 1-3. Haliotis varia Linné, 1758 is a very common shell along the north-eastern, northern and north-western coast of Australia. Tredale, 1928 briefly discussed the species as a whole, designated the Philippines as the type locality of H. varia s.s. and separated the Australian shells sub-specifically as H. varia aliena. Recent examination of specimens from Australia and adjacent localities indicated strongly that there were definite elinal variations within the population of the sub-species and the species as a whole. Before discussing populations it was first necessary to establish whether more than one species was involved. This was accomplished by a comparison of the soft parts of animals from all localities. This species has a rather narrow epipodium, which is strongly papilose and expanded. The tentacles are long and narrow as are the eye stalks. The snout is well developed. The epipendular processes are long and fine. Due to preserva- tives, the full colouration of the animal could not be determined, but all appeared to be a tan or light brown, with maculations of dark brown on the epipodium. Thus it was found that regardless of the shape, form, colouration, or sculpturing of the shell, all animals were anatomically similar, and therefore only a single species referable to H. varia Linné was present. As Reeve, 1846, described a number of species. which are obviously closely related to H. varia Linné it was necessary to establish the identity of these names. The range of variation shown by the large number of specimens examined made it seem likely that selected specimens from the various localities eould be matched with the Reeve species. Such a seleeted series was sent to the British Museum (Natural History). Mr. S. P. Dance kindly compared these with the type specimens in the Hugh Cuming Collection upon which Reeve based his descriptions in Proc. Zool. Soc. and Conchologica Teonica. This established the fact that the Reeve species viridis, HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA 235 _ Here the shell becomes more rounded and wider than those in the Caprieorns. Tiny nodes are found on a number of specimens, but the majority of shells lack this nodulation. The cording has now become nearly obsolete and the lamellae are much stronger. The number of specimens with the colour pattern of semistriata, is much reduced. Strong maculations and the concoloured phase, pustulifera are the common patterns. The basic colouration is now a rich, reddish brown, with eream or white markings. The measurement formula 1:52 x 1 x -20 x -18. Bowen, Queensland and ad jacent coast : Like the closely related Keppel Island population, the material from this series was relatively smooth with strong lamellae. Here shells reach the broadest width-to-length ratio, and nearly all specimens exhibit small pustules or nodes. The colour form semistriata is absent while pustulifera is the dominant phase. The measurement formula 1°50 x 1 x :22 x -20. Townsville and Magnetic Island: There is so little separation between the mainland and island series, that they are placed together. With northward progression there is a definite trend for the shell to lengthen. Nodes are on almost all specimens and the lamellae are strong. The colouration of the shell is almost pure pustulifera, the rich red brown eoneoloured type. A few examples with maculations are found. The measurement formula 1°55 x 1 x :20 x -18. Cairns: Here the northern elongate type of shell is more evident. The small pustules present in the more southern populations are now starting to decrease, as well as the lamellae. The colouration is also changing to the maculated pattern; the rich red brown colouration being replaced with a dark brown. The measurement formula 1:60 x 1 x -18x -16. Darwin: Here appears to be found the most elongate, arched specimens of the population. This is to be expected, as across the shallow Arafura Sea one finds nearly pure populations of an adjacent geographical race showing these characters. The ‘rounded lamellae are nearly gone, with the cording now increasing in strength. The colour pattern is now either rayed or maculated. Tints of green make their appearance, with dark brown and white. The measurement formula 1:75 x 1 x :25 x +24. 234 HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA semistriata, concinna, papulata and also pustulifera Pilsbry, 1890, were all referable to colour phases of varia s.l. and astricta and rubiginosa of Reeve represented distinctive cording and sculpturing. Thus all these names sink into the synonomy of the Linnaean species H. varia. To correlate the variation, some way of expressing the mean characters of the basic population must be found. The simple length, width, height of spire, and height of shell is here reduced to a formula, with the width of the shell represented by ‘‘ 1.” Graphs are used to show the clinal nature of the types of colouration, sculpturing and proportions of shell No attempt is made to make any evaluation, other than that listed above. Small series, pathological specimens, and those with vague localities were discarded because of the possibility of their abberant nature. However, they were considered in the broadest sense in summing up the variations. Juvenile shells were found to have little value beyond specifie identification. Ino (1951), proved in his study of Haliotis discus Reeve, that diet is a very strong factor in the colouration of the shell. The colour variations in the present study indicate that there is à more or less geographieal eorrelation. It would be interesting to learn whether there is also a distinet correlation of species of the marine algae on which the animals feed to geography, or big chemical variations in the sea waters is the altering actor. Discussion on Populations. Capricorn Group: Series from individual islands of the group were so uniform that they were treated as a single population. Typical Capricorn example are rather broad, coarsely corded shells, with low rounded lamellae that are semi- obsolete. The sculpture-form, astricta, appears to be quite common, with only a few of the examples exhibiting small rounded nodes. The basie colouration is a dark reddish brown, with white or cream markings. The banded form, semistriata is the predominant pattern. The form rubiginosa oceurred here, and, beyond question, is only a pathological shell. The measurement formula 1:58 x 1 x -20 x -18. Keppel Islands: Again, as with Capricorn shells populations from the various islands do not differ. 236 HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA Broome: This form has a broader shell, with lamellae again present. A few specimens exhibit tiny nodes. In contrast the colouration is either maculated or rayed with green-brown and white. Very few banded or concoloured examples are found, and these are all of green tints. The measurement formula 1-70 x 1 x :24 x : 22. Discussion The significant factors are:—First, as one moves from south to north along the Queensland coast, the number of the pustules increase ; the cording loses its strength and becomes almost obsolete, The shells become wider and more rounded. At Cairns the pustules decrease again and the shell becomes more elongate; the cording increases in strength. The peak of the elongate unsculptured shell is reached at Darwin; then the shell again changes to become wider and more heavily sculptured on the North-western coast, Examples of H. varia s.s. from the Philippines, especially the eastern coasts, show a ritis broad, heavily tubereulated shell. The tubercles are large and plentiful. The dominant colour pattern is either heavily maeulated or rayed. This basic type of shell is found to range south along the eoast of New Guinea and into the Solomons, Specimens available from Papua and New Caledonia show this similarity, but were too few in numbers to be considered for a comparison of populations. However, these few specimens appear to furnish the key to the problem. Some selected localities within the range of the varia s.s. produce the following formulae: Okinawa, Ryukyu Islands, 1:39 x 1 x :29 x -30. Batan, Luzon Island, Philippines, 1-35 x 1 x -30 x :32, Biak, Northern New Guinea, 1:35 x 1 x -28 x -25. Zamboanga, Mindanao Island, Philippines, 1-48 x 1 x -30 x -30. Unlike all the other localities, the eoarse, irregular tubercles were not present in the majority of the specimens from Zamboanga. A number of the shells were of the more elongate type, associated with the warm inner seas of Indonesia. How- ever, in all of these localities there was no trace of the lamellae present in so many of the Australian specimens, The Haliotids inhabit a rather specific ecological biome, shallow water with rock or coral formations, and. it is quite possible that any expansive area without this habitat would be a HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA 237 physical barrier, Distributional evidence suggests that the intermingling of populations by the free swimming trochoforme is also restricted. This is probably due to the lack of strength of the trochoforme, which would prevent it from traversing great distances prior to final settlement. Thus adjacent populations are in contact only if conditions, such as shallow narrow seas, are favourable. Thus it would seem that the clinal variation exhibited by the Australian shells is a logical and natural trend. Particularly as it seems likely that there is a genetic interchange between populations in New Caledonia and the Queensland coast, across the Coral Sea. This interchange is further suggested by the finding of typical New Caledonian species of this and other genera on the Queensland coast, and it is in such areas that aliena shows similar shell characters to varia s.s. Such a contact is still further indicated by the decrease in the pustules as one moves away from this probable area of contact. The shallow warm waters of the inner Indonesian Seas produce a deep, very elongate, finely corded race; the H. varia stomataeformis Reeve* specimens from the north coast of Java were the most elongate and smooth of the entire species. The measurement formula 1-78 x 1 x +25 x -24, Contact with aliena would be made across the shallow waters of the Arafura Sea. Again, as one moves both south and west from this area of contact, the shells become broader and less elevated, with the decrease in the cording. Thus it appears that the Australian sub-species of aliena Iredale, has an animal that is the same as the Indonesian and more northern races, but may be separated by shell features. These being chiefly the more elongate shell and the presence of lamellae, with the tubercles reduced in most cases to fine nodules. Taxonomy The above study has established the probable occurence of an Australian sub-species which Iredale arbitrarily called aliena. He did not consider whether an earlier name was available, which in fact it is. Reeve described papulata from Northern Australia and this name must take priority over Iredale's much more recent innovation. Thus the Australian sub-species becomes H. varia papulata Reeve, 1846 and aliena falls into its synonomy. * ave the locality of H. stomataeformis as New Zealand but it has not been ba from there but shells from Indonesia exactly match Reeve's figure and description. Talmadge (1956). 238 HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA Summary A study based upon a series of shells indicated that H. varia aliena Iredale is a sub-species showing clinal variation within its populations. These populations are in what may be considered physical contact, and certain features are carried from one to adjacent groups. There is also strong indication of interchange of genetic factors with adjacent sub-species particularly at the geographieal areas of contact; ie. shallow, relatively narrow seas. ‘This latter factor is probably the reason for the major variations within the range causing confusion in the taxonomy. The correct name of the Australian sub-species is H. varia papulata Reeve, 1846, Acknowledgements Appreciation is expressed to Mr. S. P. Dance of the British Museum (Natural History) for making the comparisons of certain specimens with the original material used by Reeve, To the many Australian collectors, who obtained both shell and animal, with accurate locality data, my heartfelt thanks. With- out such material the study could not have been made. REFERENCES. Ino, Takashi, 1951.— Bulletin of the Biogeographical Society of Japan, Vol. XV. (In Japanese, translation of important parts furnished through the courtesy of Dr. Ino.) Ino, Takashi, 1953.— Biological Studies of the Propagation of the Japanese Abalone (Genus Haliotis). Tokai. Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, Tokyo. (Translation by Taro Kanya) (English translation of the original work in Japanese.) Iredale, Thomas, 1949.—Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, Vol. IX., Pt. IIT. Pilsbry, H., 1890.-—Manual of Conchology, Vol. XII. Reeve, L., 1846.—Conchologia Iconica, Vol. III. Talmadge, 1956.—American Malacol. Union Annual Report. Talmadge, 1957.—Nautilus, Vol. 71, No. 2. Talmadge, 1958.—Nautilus, Vol. 72, No. 2. Broome Darwin Townsville HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA 239 — Keppel Isls. Capricorn Isls. A = Length of shell compared to width. B — Width of shell, compared to length. C = Height of spire compared to width. D = Height of dorsal surface compared to width. 240 HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA Capricorns Kepples Bowen ———————D Cae eee Townsville Cairns Darwin Broome Sculpturing— A (--------- ) pustules, D Co tiation tay Roa ) lamellae. € ( ) cording. + = majority of lot. minority of lot. 241 HALIOTIS VARIA IN AUSTRALIA Capricorns Bowen Townsville n HM RISUS rus cette uv apres Labo CR SUA SEE Porc pe - eU Cairns Darwin DIS TCR ral ~ Broome Color Patterns— ) Concolored (pustulifera). IN Oe ee IDE —) Maculated. Qui oh Toe poenae ) Banded (Semistriata). D(xxxxxxxxx) Rayed. + = majority of lot. minority of lot. 6529/60.—16 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 243 NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. (ORDERS: ODONATA, PLECOPTERA, ORTHOPTERA, TRICHOPTERA AND COLEOPTERA). By A. Neboiss, M.Sc., F.R.E.S., Assistant Curator of Insects, National Museum of Victoria. CONTENTS. Order Odonata: Hemiphlebia mirabilis Selys, p. ...... Austropetalia patricia (Tillyard), p. ...... Order Plecoptera: Thaumatoperla alpina Burns & Neboiss, larva, p. ...... Order Orthoptera: Cylindracheta ustulata, sp. nov., p. ...... Order Trichoptera: Archaeophylax canarus, sp. nov., p. ...... Order Coleoptera: Blepegenes cicatricosa, sp. nov., p. ...... Tribolium apiculum, sp. NOV., p. ...... Hapatesus hirtus Candéze, larva, p. ...... SUMMARY. The range of distribution is greatly increased in two dragonfly species, one of them, Austropetalia patricia being recorded for the first time from Victoria. Larva of T'hawmatoperla alpina is described, figured and compared with larva of Th. flaveola, described previously. A new species of Cylindracheta is described from Queensland, thus extending the range of the genus to that State. Archaeophylax canarus is but the second species of the family Limne- philidae to be recorded from Australia. Two new species of Tenebrionid beetles are described; one of which, Tribolium apiculum was discovered in a nest of a native bee, and is but the fourth indigenous species of that well known cosmopolitan genus. Larva of a common click-beetle Hapatesus hirtus, which has caused considerable damage to potato crops in Victoria, is described. Order ODONATA. (Fig. 1). Interesting data on distribution of two dragonfly species have been accumulated during the past few years, and extends the known range considerably. One of them, Austropetalia patricia (Till), 1s recorded in Victoria for the first time. TR at ir wl eu E ae : i ip eben ee Ue aeg: - B xe aceboy snm irr rr ee eee A HA ee ert diss : ncn gioia Hr RA bé EVERA k4 B ym. - m 244 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS Family HEMIPHLEBIIDAE. Hemiphebia mirabilis Selys (1877). Specimens of this rare and interesting species have been collected and recorded in literature only occasionally. The distribution was believed to be restricted to one known locality —the Goulburn River near Alexandra, Victoria. Though the locality for the type specimen was given as Port Denison, Queensland, it is certain that the type has been mislabelled. In the Victorian locality specimens are found flying between reeds in calm backwater pools which occasionally, in flood time, are eonneeted with the nearby river; the type locality has dry tropical conditions with coastal mangrove swamps and with no fresh water in the area for long periods. Frazer (1957, p. 51) in his ** Reclassifieation of the order Odonata " refers to the Victorian locality only: ‘‘ H. mirabilis Selys, confined, so far as is at present known, to a single habitat on the Goulburn River, near Alexandra, Victoria, Australia." Tillyard visited this locality on 22nd and 23rd December, 1906, and again on 6th and Tth November, 1927. During this seeond visit Tillyard and his eolleagues collected larvae of H. mirabilis. Since Tillyard's last visit no more captures have been recorded in literature. In November, 1954 Mr. R. Dobson, a well-known dragonfly collector from New South Wales (now of Jersey Isl.) asked the entomological staff of the National Museum of Victoria to join in the search for the exact locality described by Tillyard (1928). With three or four of Tillyard's photographs of the locality in hand, Mr. Dobson, accompanied by Mr. Burns and the author, searched the country along the Goulburn River near Alexandra on 6th December, 1954. It was expected that the backwater pools would have ehanged considerably during the 27 years since Tillyard's visit, but it was a great surprise that after a day's search, in the late afternoon the locality was located almost unchanged; even an old dead gumtree in the distance was still standing, and with only one of its dry limbs lost! It took only five more minutes to capture the first specimen. Some time later, while arranging specimens collected by the author earlier that year, the species was recognized from another locality— Tarrawarra, near Healesville, Victoria (29 5th January, 1954). To ascertain the presence of H. mirabilis in this locality, another visit was made on 15th December, 1958 when again more specimens were collected and others seen resting on reeds. Further specimens were collected at this locality by DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 245 Dr. B. P. Moore on 2nd February, 1959. This new locality is situated on Yarra River flats which are subject to flooding each year and which retain their swampy nature for some months. Towards the end of summer the area dries out, the only water remaining being in the nearby river. Another two specimens of H. mirabilis were found amongst the late Mr. Renton’s material, now in the National Museum. Both specimens are labelled ‘ Seville, Victoria, 26th December, 1917." This locality is situated some miles upstream from Tarrawarra, but has similar characteristics. A MI BULLER @ ALEXANDRA A? KINGLAKE @ TARRAWARRA @ SEVILLE @ YEM/PHLEBIA MIRABILIS Selys A AUSTROPETALIA PATRICIA (Tillyord) Fig. 1. Map showing distribution of Hemiphlebia mirabilis Selys and Austro- petalia patricia (Tillyard) in Victoria. Summarizing the above discussion, we can be quite certain that the type specimen has been mislabeled, and that it has never been collected at Bowen, Queensland. The species is not as rare as believed, but it does require certain conditions for its domain. All three Victorian localities, where H. mirabilis has been collected, although separated by the Great Dividing Range, are located on wide river flats, subject to periodic flooding and possessing, at least for part of the year, large or small backwater pools with a rich and varied vegetation. 246 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS Family AESHNIDAE. Austropetalia patricia (Tillyard), (1909). This species was previously known from several localities in New South Wales but had not been recorded further south. The first but rather uncertain indication of its occurrence in Victoria was a specimen found by the author caught in a car radiator grille. Prior to the discovery, the car had been used solely around suburban Melbourne with an exception of a single day's outing in the Kinglake-Toolangi district about 45 miles N.E. of Melbourne. It seems likely therefore, that the species would occur somewhere in that area, and the time was limited to a period of about 3 weeks in late October or early November, 1954. That particular specimen, a female, was in reasonably good condition and is now in the National Museum collection. Some years later two specimens were brought to the National Museum for identification from the Mt. Buller area in Central Victoria. These two specimens, ?, 6th November, 1957, and 3, 20th November, 1957, were collected by Mr. I. F. Edwards along a rapid flowing stream near Timbertop School property at the foot of Mt. Buller; they are now in the National Museum eolleetion. Other specimens in the Geelong Grammar School Timbertop collection, were collected at the early part of November of the two successive years 1957 and 1958. The species is obviously breeding in the area and thus extends the known area of distribution for several hundred miles south. it is also the first record of the species from Victoria. REFERENCES. Frazer, F. C., 1957.—' A Reclassification of the Order Odonata” 133 pp. Roy. Zool. Soc. N.S.W. Sydney. Tillyard, R. J., 1928.—‘ The larva of Hemiphebia mirabilis Selys (Odonata)." Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 53: 193-206. Order PLECOPTERA. Family EUSTHENIDAE. Thaumatoperla alpina Burns and Neboiss (1957). Description of the nymph. (Figures 2-10). Colour dorsally: head olive, pronotum reddish brown with darker central patch, meso-and metathorax brown to olive brown; ventrally: head olive, thoracic segments light ochraceous buff with tinge of olive around the base of legs, abdomen deep olive buff, last segments olive brown to blackish; antennae yellow brown, cerci brownish. DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 247 Head slightly narrower than prothorax, widest at posterior third. A row of short stiff bristles just behind the eyes. Antennae up to 15 mm. long, consisting of approximately 100 segments, first segment large, second segment smaller, the following three or four segments very short, succeeding ones gradually increasing in length and becoming narrower towards the apex; each Segment with a single row of small stiff bristles encircling the anterior end. Figs. 2-6. Thawmatoperla alpina B. and N. nymph: 2, anterior femur ventrally; 3, median femur ventrally; 4, posterior femur ventrally; 5, anterior femur dorsally showing row of long hairs; 6, portion of cercus showing dense pubescence and the encircling row of spines around the distal margin. Figs. 7-10. Thaumatoperla flaveola B. and N. nymph: 7, anterior femur ventrally; 8, median femur ventrally; 9, posterior femur ventrally; 10, portion of cercus. Labrum, labium, maxilla, maxillary palpae and mandibles are not sufficiently distinct from Z'haumatoperla flaveola to warrant their use as distinguishing characters for separating the two species. Pronotum show the typical colour pattern found in adults, but colours are not so bright. Short stiff bristles along lateral margins, but median section of anterior margin and the entire posterior margin without such bristles. Legs densely covered with short pubescence, femorae ventrally without distinct spines (Figs. 2-4); femorae and tibiae dorsally with a row of fine, long whitish hairs. Abdomen somewhat cylindrical, depressed dorso-ventrally, dorsally covered with variable size stout spines, ventrally with very sparse decumbent hairs and an occasional spine on all except the last three segments. First six segments each with a pair of pinkish to bluish lateral gills. Ninth segment the longest. Cerci up to 23 mm. long, with variable number of segments, reaching over 50, densely covered with short pubescence (absent in Th. flaveola) ; proximal segments very short becoming longer and narrower distally. Each segment bears an encircling row of short spines around the distal margin (Fig. 6), much shorter than in Thaumatoperla flaveola (Fig. 10.) 248 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS short and rounded; tarsus single segmented, long, pointed at apex. Median legs with femora and tibial short, short and broad, the latter with a pair of strong spines at the apex, and a distinct ridge on the outer surface which forms Figs. 11-13. Cylindracheta ustulata, sp. nov.: 11, outer view of anterior leg; 12, inner view of anterior leg; 13, median tibia. two blunt points near the apex; tarsi stout, two segmented, terminating in a pair of short claws. Posterior legs more slenderly built than the median pair, tibia with four strong spines at the apex, ridge on the outer surface short and ending in a blunt point apically; tarsi single segmented, short and pointed, without claws. Length 36 mm.; prothorax — length 6:5 mm., width 5-8 mm.; cerci 1-6 mm. Holotype?: Ayr. Nth. Qld. May, 1957, R. Gotts. (National Museum of Victoria collection). ¢ unknown. This species is very close to the New Guinea species C. longeva Tind., but is separated by the smaller overall size, distinctly rounded lobes of the anterior tibia, and less angular inner apical projection of the anterior femur. REFERENCES. Ander, K. J., 1934.—'' Über die gattung Cylindracheta und ihre Systematische Stellung " Arkiv f. Zool., 26 (21): 1-16. Barrett, C., 1928.—‘‘ Notes on Cylindracheta ” Vict. Nat., 44: 266-267. Carpentier, F., 1936.—‘‘ Le thorax et ses appendices chez les urdies et les faux Gryllotalpides " Mem. Mus. Roy. Hist. nat. Belg., (2) 4: 1-86. Tindale, N., 1928.—'' Australian Mole-crickets of the family Gryllotalpidae " Rec. S. Austr. Mus., 4: 20-34. Order TRICHOPTERA. Family LIMNEPHILIDAE. There has been only one species, Archaeophylax ochreus Mosely, of the family Limnephilidae known from Australia, with a distribution reaching from Tasmania in the south to Mt. DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 249 . The description has been prepared from mature nymphs, whieh had reached the length up to 38 mm. At the same time also a number of smaller nymphs were collected (length 15-20 mm.), these were more uniformly coloured. Nymphs are usually found under stones in rapid parts of the stream and are very active. l Material was collected in a small stream on Mt. Mackay, Vic., 26th January, 1960, and are deposited in the National Museum collection. REFERENCES. Burns, A. N. and Neboiss, A., 1957.—“ Two new species of Plecoptera from Victoria.” Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict., 21: 92-100. Neboiss, A., 1959.—“ Further discoveries on Victorian Plecoptera.” Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict., 24: 37-44. Order ORTHOPTERA. Family CYLINDRACHETIDAE. The discovery of a new species of Cylindracheta in North Queensland extends the known distribution of the genus to the north-eastern part of Australia. According to Tindale (1928) the genus is distributed over the whole of the arid parts of Australia (C. psammophila Tind—W.A.; C. arenivaga Tind.— S.A.. N.T.; C. kochi Sauss.—Nth. Austr.), in New Guinea (C. longeva Tind.) and Melville Island (C. campbelli Gray). CY LINDRACHETA USTULATA, sp. nov. (Figures 11-13). The species is known from a unique female specimen. Stout, cylindrical, chestnut-brown, abdomen slightly lighter in colour than the head and thoracic segments; medium and posterior tibiae yellowish brown. Head large, depressed anteriorly; antennae short, seven-segmented; third segment the smallest, apical segment concave; eyes oval, fenestrae conspicuous. Prothorax almost cylindrical, anterior margin moderately and evenly concave; antero-lateral spine well developed, mesothorax short, compressed posteriorly; metathorax compressed laterally to form a short and narrow dorsal ridge. Abdominal segments wider than long, anterior two compressed laterally, third segment somewhat conical, terminal segment with. distinct transverse suture. Eight sternite only slightly longer than wide; cerci bluntly pointed, widest at base, about twice as long as the basal width. Anterior legs with femora stout, inner apical projection somewhat angular; the chitinous ridges of external surface broad, indistinct, not elevated; tibia stout with the five projecting lobes 250 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS Kosciusko area of New South Wales (Mosely and Kimmins, 1953; Neboiss, 1958). It has been limited always to mountainous districts of these states. The new species described hereunder, is also associated with a mountain region. 14 Fig. 14. Archaeophylax canarus, sp. nov.: wing venation. Archaeophylax canarus, sp. nov. (Figures 14-18). Head, thorax and abdomen dark ochraceus, legs, antennae and anterior wings paler; the latter with very pale yellowish spots along costal margin; posterior wings very pale, slightly darker at apex. Spurs 1:2:2. Ocelli very prominent; the median one located anteriorly of the base of antennae ; the two posterior ones just behind the base of antennae and close to the dorsal margin of eyes. No distinct warts on dorsal surface of head. Genitalia, §—Dorsal plate very short, broad, with margin crenulate, covered with short hairs. Superior appendages short, flattened laterally, almost rectangular when viewed from side, long hairs along external margin. Upper penis cover formed by two separate processes, directed downward and inward; apex bulbous, ventrally with acute serrate ridge. Penis long, gradually DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 251 widening towards apex; sheats slightly curved, pointed at apex, ventrally with row of stout hairs. Inferior appendages short, triangular, curving inwards, covered with short hairs. 9 unknown. Length of the anterior wing: 12 mm. Type material: Holotype 2, Victorian Alps (prob. Mt. Buller area) (National Museum collection). A : ‘ 16 7 Figs. 15-18. Archaeophylax canarus, sp. nov.: 15, 4 genitalia lateral; 16, ventral; 17, dorsal; 18, penis lateral. Differs from the other Australian species by its smaller size, spotted costal area of the anterior wing, and very distinet genitalia. The name is derived from an aboriginal name ‘‘ canara ”’ meaning ‘‘ small". REFERENCES. Mosely, M. E. and Kimmins, D. E., 1953.—" Trichoptera of Australia and New Zealand." 550 pp. British Museum (N. H.) London. Neboiss, A., 1958.—‘ Larva and pupa of an Australian Limnephilid” Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 10: 163-168. Schmid, F., 1955.—‘ Contribution á létude des Limnophilidae.” Mitt. Schw. Ent. Ges., 28: 1-245. 252 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS Order COLEOPTERA. Family TENEBRIONIDAE. Blepegenes cicatricosa, sp. nov. (Plate 1). Elongate, black species with slightly bronze tinge, head and prothorax with waxy lustre, elytra with odd intervals seminitid; antennae, palpi and tarsi black. Head distinctly protruding forward, narrowed at the base, frontal margin concave; antennae orbits raised; labrum rectangular, anterior margin concave; eyes narrow, oblique; antennae filiform, reaching just beyond posterior angles of the prothorax, slightly longer in males. Prothorax wider than long, somewhat flattened, lateral margins rounded, only indistinctly subangulate; occasionally with slight depressions on either side of median line; anterior and posterior angles rounded. Scutellum smooth, triangular. Elytra elongate, oval, only slightly flattened dorsally, evenly rounded at apex; odd intervals slightly convex, lateral ones even more than the median ones; even intervals planate, less nitid. Ventral surface smooth, Tarsi and posterior section of tibiae reddish golden pilose beneath; anterior tarsi in male dilated. Length 19-24 mm; width 7-8-5 mm. Type material: Holotype ¢ and allotype 9 (National Museum of Victoria collection); 34 39 paratypes (E. T. Smith collection) all collected at Lowther, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., November, 1958, E. T. Smith. Key to species of the genus Blepegenes 1. Sides of pronotum not spinose E Pu $4 A EA Sides of pronotum spinose P wi A v Cod ZU Wa under at apek- C er. UR NE . cicatricosa, sp. nov. Elytra terminates in a single spine at apex .. PA ads: 3. All elytral intervals costate*) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. nitidus Blackburn. Elytral intervals costate only at sides .. .. .. .. .. equestris Pascoe. 4. Head with spines between base of antennae and tuyos ier toa Pe aruspex Pascoe Head without spines... .. .. .. 2... i... .. .. lachrymosa Carter. Genus TRIBOLIUM Macleay. A total of five species of the genus Tribolium have been recorded from Australia. Two of these are introductions (confusum and castaneum), but the remaining three (myrmeco- philum, antennatum and waterhousei) are of Australian origin. To this latter group a new species (apiculum) is now added. *) It should be noted that nitidws Blackburn is very difficult to separate from equestris Pascoe. The only distinguishing character given by Blackburn (1891) is that “ B. equestris Pascoe, is a larger insect with the elytrae interstices costate only at sides". The unique type of nitidus is in the National Museum of Victoria collection, but as the abdomen has been damaged, the genitalia is not available for study. More material of nitidus is needed before satisfactory conclusions can be reached for separating the two species (nitidus and equestris). DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 253 . Hinton (1948) produced an excellent key for separating Tribolium species of the world, and therefore only an abbreviated summary of characteristies is given here to facilitate identifica- tion of Australian species and to indicate the position of the new species described hereunder. (Numbers of couplets as in Hintows Key). l. Pronotum with apex unmargined .. T E: VU X6 6. Pronotum with base completely and distinctly margined Da S —. Pronotum with middle two thirds of base not margined .. .. .. .. .. (myrmecophilum Lea, antennatum Hinton). 8. Head with margins above eyes not elevated. Antennae club of three or five segments. . 25 st b. me ao dent —. Head with margins above eyes elevated to form a distinct ridge .. 2. .. 4s «» e. +. s (includes: confusum. Jack Du Val). 17. Antenna with a sharply differentiated 3-segmented club .. . .20 20. Head, pronotum, and elytra with numerous punctures not less than half as coarse as facets of eyes .. S te Ja mal 21. Eyes separated beneath head by once or very little more than once the transverse diameter of the ventral part of an eye. . X23 23. Surface between punctures of head and pronotum dull or seminitid, with reticulate microsculpture. Elytra with one or more of intervals four to eight strongly carinate from base to apex .. 23A —. Surface between punctures of head and pronotum smooth and strongly shining, without a visible microsculpture (at x 75). Elytra not or at most only indistinctly carinate .. .. .. .. (includes waterhousei Hinton.) 234. (New section) Pronotum without large depressions on either side ci median Nen ET tM COSTUMED THER DSE: —. Pronotum with large irregular depressions on either side of median Dulce De ECT ak, ror ce TES n conce sie em ns CULL IE, SETOV Tribolium apiculum, sp. nov. (Figures 19-20). Uniformly reddish brown species, body sub-parallel-sided, moderately convex with elytra somewhat depressed. Surface between punctures on the head and pronotum seminitid with fine but distinct microsculpture. Head dorsally with moderately deep, round to elongate punctures, which are usually separated by about one or slightly less than one of their own diameters; a pair of depressions on the level with posterior margin of eyes; ventral surface smooth, very shiny. The narrowest part of eye as broad as six facets; eyes ventrally separated by less than the transverse (greatest) diameter of ventral part of an eye. Antenna with abruptly formed 3-segmented club; segments three to eight gradually widening (Fig. 19.) Pronotum broader than long, posterior margin completely and distinctly carinate; lateral margin rather evenly rounded, anterior angles not produced forward beyond middle of anterior margin, latter not carinate; punctures mostly round, usually separated by approximately one to two of their own diameters; irregular shaped depdessions on either side of median line. 254 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS Elytra with first two or three intervals indistinctly, following ones distinctly carinate, striae with irregular row of dense punctures. I9 — Figs. 19-20. Tribolium apiculum, sp. nov.: 19, antenna; 20, head and pronotum, shaded areas indicating depressions. Females are separable from males by absence of the pit and associated brush of hairs on ventral side of anterior femur. The carinate posterior margin of pronotum, distinctly 3-segmented antennal club, and presence of sub-basal ventral pit and associated brush of hairs on anterior femur in the male, indicates that this species belong to castaneum species-group, whereas general facia with its denser punctuation and somewhat rough surface greatly resembles T. myrmecophilum Lea. This species was discovered by Dr. C. D. Michener in a nest of native bee Trigona carbonaria Smith. Length 4-9—5-0 mm.; width 1-7 mm. Type material: Holotype ¢ and allotype 9, Yarraman, Queensland. 16th February, 1959. C. D. Michener (National Museum of Victoria collection.) REFERENCES, Blackburn, T., 1892.—'' Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new species" Part X. Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W., (2) 6: 533. Hinton, H. E., 1949.‘ A synopsis of the Genus Tribolium Macl.”, Bull. Ent. Res., 39: 13-55. Lea, A. M., 1905.—'' On Nepharis and other ants' nest beetles taken by Mr... Ci Goudie, at Birchip. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (N.S.), 17: 383. Family ELATERIDAE. Hapatesus hirtus Candéze, (1863). Description of larva. (Figures 21-26). Larvae of this and some other not yet identified species are causing damage to potato crops in Gembrook area, Victoria. They were collected and bred by Mr. R. A. Van Baer of the Victorian Department of Agriculture and forwarded to the author for identification. DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 255 First reference to the larvae of H. hirtus was made by Baron von Miiller (1891) in connection with damage done to the blue gum (Eucalyptus globulus). He refers to two wood boring beetles attacking these trees, but Froggatt (1923) queried the correctness of one being an elaterid. It is now certain that the larva of H. hirtus is not wood boring, as its presence in potatoes is typical of ground living larvae that feed upon various roots. Lea (1908) expressed the opinion that the larvae feed upon roots of beach plants on King Island, but since then it has been established (Neboiss, 1957) that his note refers to another species of the genus. This is the first time that this species has been bred from larvae to adult stage, and it is therefore possible to describe larval characters. The natural food is still unknown, but it can be assumed that they would normally feed on roots of various plant species. A number of specimens was available for examination, but their relative maturity is unknown. Body sub-cylindrical slightly depressed dorso-ventrally, the head and thoracic segments more so than the abdominal segments. Dorsal surface yellowish with pale narrow median line, thoracic segments and head gradually darkening, 9th segment yellowish brown; mandibles, nasale and apices of prongs almost black; ventral surface slightly paler than dorsum. 2l 2 Figs. 21-22. Hapatesus hirtus Cand. larval head: 21, dorsal; 22, ventral. Frontoclypeal region with posterior part extending back as far as foramen magnum. Nasale broad, terminating apically in three forward projecting denticles, two nasosulcal setae on each side of nasale. Paranasal lobes rounded apically, produced beyond nasale, each with a small single seta. Epicranial plates very sparsely and finely punctate. Dorsal sulci rather indistinct, with one long anterior seta followed by a group of small setae. Ventral sulci with three setae. Eye spot indistinct. Mandibles slender, broad at base, suddenly narrowing at apical third, retinaculum well developed. Ventral mouth parts sub-parallel, stipes large sub-rectangular with two setae near antero-lateral angles. Maxillary palpae with segments sub-cylindrical narrow- ing towards apex. Postmentum with one pair of setae caudally and another pair approximately one-third from anterior end. Prementum somewhat cruciform with a pair of short setae at apex and another pair of longer ones just caudad of base of labial palpae. 256 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS Prothorax about three-quarter length of meso- and metathorax together; gradually narrowing anteriorly, wider than long. Two groups of setae one on either side of tergite; about five setae in anterior group but only three setae in posterior group. Figs. 23-26. Hapatesus hirtus Cand. larva: 23, terminal segments lateral; 24, terminal segment dorsal, showing density of pits; 25, terminal segments ventral; 26, 7th segment dorsal. Meso- and metathorax with only one seta near longitudinal branch of impression but with three setae near posterior margin. Abdominal tergites usually with three anterior and three to five posterior setae. Legs short, sub-equal in length, covered with rows of short spines. Ninth abdominal segment longer than wide. Dorsal surface somewhat flattened, covered with small round pits; caudal notch round; urogomphi separate, robust, bifid, with inner prongs directed inwardly, longer and stouter than outer prongs; the latter projecting upward and inward. Tenth abdominal segment surrounded by ten short rather prominent setae. DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS 257 Length up to 23 mm. (fully distended 27-5 mm); width 2-5 mm. Terminology is that used by Glen (1950). Material examined: Fourty specimens Gembrook, Vic. June, 1959 and April, 1960. R. A. van Baer. (Specimens in Plant Research Laboratories and National Museum of Victoria collections.) REFERENCES, Froggatt, W. W., 1923.—“ Forest Insects of Australia." Sydney, N.S.W., p. 35. Glen, R., 1950.—' Larvae of the Elaterid beetles of the tribe Lepturoidini " Smith. Misc. Coll. 111. No. 11: 1-246. Lea, A. M., 1908.—* Coleoptera of King Island, Bass Strait." Proc. Roy. Soc. icit EON SS AOS Jtr. Müller, F. von, 1891.—“ Select extra-tropical plants" 8th ed. Melbourne p. 179. Neboiss, A., 1957.—‘ Genera Hapatesus Candeze and Toorongus, gen. nov." Aust. J. Zool., 5: 496-520. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. The author is greatly indebted to Dr. C. D. Michener, Mr. E. T. Smith and R. Gotts for their generous action in presenting the types to the National Museum of Victoria; to Mr. R. A. van Baer, Mr. I. F. Edwards and Mr. R. A. Dunn for their valuable assistance and criticism. 6259/60.—17 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA 259 REVISION OF THE GENUS ARUNTA DISTANT CICADIDA E, CICADINAE, DIVISION THOPHARIA HOMOPTERA—HEMIPTERA. By A. N. Burns, M.Sc., F.R.E.S., Curator of Insects, National Museum of Victoria. Plate M1, Figure M2. ABSTRACT. The Australian genus Arunta Distant (1904) contains three species, two of which, prior to 1904, were included in the genus Thopha, the third species being added by Distant in 1921. Until 1904 the genus Thopha contained six species, but in his “ Rhyncotal Notes ” (Homoptera), Distant erected the genus Arunta to include two species which he considered showed characters diverse enough to be included in a new genus. The writer has studied carefully the characters shown by Distant, and to them has added further structural differences in support. It should be pointed out that species of both Thopha and Arunta are large insects bearing a strong superficial resemblance to one another; both genera are included in the Division Thopharia which is characterized by the immensity of the tympanal sacs, small operculae, and truncate lateral margins of the pronotum. INTRODUCTION, The cicadas belonging to this genus are confined to the eastern coastal region of Australia, two species (A. perulata and A. interclusa) occur in New South Wales and Queensland, the third species (A. intermedia) is confined to far northern Queensland. The writer has no experience of the latter species in the field, but A. peraulata which ranges from a little over a hundred miles south of Sydney to 250 miles north of the Tropic of Capricorn at least, inhabits different species of trees on which it occurs at heights usually more than six feet from the ground. A. interclusa ranges from the northern rivers of New South Wales to northern Queensland as far as Kuranda at least, and in the writer's experience almost invariably oceurs on mangrove trees fringing estuaries, and at an average height of six feet from the ground. Its song is not loud but is audible at a considerable distance. A. intermedia appears to be found only in far northern Queensland on Cape York Peninsula, Ashton (1921) in his description of this cicada states, ** One male and two females in Coll. H. Ashton, collected by H, Elgner, 1906.” 58 DISTRIBUTION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW INSECTS IO MM PATH: d. Blepegenes cicatricosa, sp. nov. 9 paratype. 260 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA As already indicated, species of Arunta are very similar in appearance to species of Thopha; the principal differences between the two genera may be summarized as follows :— Thopha: Head, including eyes, wider than the pronotum the width of which equals ‘length of pro. aud mesonotum (incl. cruciform elevation). "lympanal sacs extending to half the length of the abdomen ; frons haste grooved medianally and longitudionally in upper half, transverse ridges 14 in number. Arunta: Head only slightly wider than the pronotum, the width of which is less than length of pro. and mesonotum (incl. cruciform elevation). "lympanal sacs extending to two thirds of the length of the abdomen ; frons widely and strongly grooved medianally and longitu- dionally from vertex almost to clypeus, transverse ridges 10 in number. SUMMARY OF EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY. General: Large insects with stout bodies of which the length is two and a half times the width; anterior wings approximately one and a third times body length. Body brownish or yellowish brown marked with green; tympanal sacs in A. perulata and A. interclusa densely covered with white tomentum, not so in in A. intermedia. Wings clear vitreous. Head sculptured, lightly and finely pubescent, its width (including eyes) slightly more than three times its length, weakly trilobed, almost truncate; ocelli close together and almost equidistant; frons obtusely convex, grooved in front, rostrum extending to middle coxae. Thorax with width of pronotum slightly more than twice its length, sculptured, two sulci on either side of median, posterior margin well developed; mesonotum almost smooth, cruciform elevation only moderately developed, almost flat apically, metanotum visible dorsally as a narrow band. Anterior femora fairly strongly developed, bearing two moderately large spines. Posterior tibiae normally with six or seven spines. Length of anterior wings slightly more than three times their width; of posterior wings, twice their width. Abdomen smooth, pubescent along intersegmental margins; operculae very small, exterior margins curved outwards; tympanal sacs extending laterally to the fifth abdominal segment. Measurements of each species are given with its description. Individual label data is omitted in A. perulata and A. interclusa which normally are common species. Key to the species of Arunta. 1. Wings clear vitreous, ocelli almost equidistant; head greenish yellow with dark markings, tympanal sacs extending laterally to the fifth abdominal segment Fae : i e 2. (I) Anterior wings with brownish inB AA pardetind cross veins between R3 and R4 + 5, and R4 + 5 and MI; legs creamy yellow With brownish black markings, most extensive on anterior Palm eed a : ES Du. d. perulatd Anterior wings without EETA porini cross veins as in perulata, legs creamy yellow with obscure pale brown markings.. 3 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA 261 3. (1) Head and thorax greenish yellow with brown markings, ocelli pale lemon vitreous, cruciform elevation pale yellowish green .. e interclusa Tympanal sacs and ventral area of thorax and abdomen not invested with white tomentum a it P". x: aan of 4. (I) Anterior wings with pale infuscation bordering cross veins between R3 and R4 + 5, and R4 + 5 and MI, pronotum reddish .. .. .. .. .. intermedia Arunta perulata (Guerin). Cicada perulata Guerin, 1830.—Voy. Coquille, Zool, 2: 180, pl. 10, figs. 5, 54. Thopha perulata Amyot and Serville, 1843.—H ist. Hemip.: 471. Henicopsaltria perulata Goding and Froggatt, 1904.—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 29: 575. Arunta perulata Distant, 1904.—Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) 14: 302. Arunta perulata Distant, 1906.—$5yn. Cat. Hom. I.: 27. Cicada perulata Froggatt, 1901.—'* Australian Insects ^: 349. Arunta perulata Distant, 1912.—Gen. Ins, 142: 21, pl. 2, figs. 184, 185, 18c. Arunta perulata Ashton, 1914.—T'rans. roy. Soc. S. Aust., 38: 346. Arunta perulata Ashton, 1921.—Proc. roy. Soc. Vict, (N.S.), Faso); A common species in some years in coastal New South Wales and southern Queensland. In the former State it is recorded from as far south as Conjola, 105 miles south of Sydney, and in Queensland as far north as Bowen, North Queensland. It is apparently much rarer in the north of that State inasmuch as the writer lived and collected for several years at Cairns, Mackay, and near Rockhampton but did not encounter this species. 4. perulata is essentially a mid-summer insect, being found during December and January. Males appear to be considerably more numerous than females, and the species frequents various kinds of trees and at a height usually greater than eight feet from the ground. Average body length, male, 37-5 mm., + 2:5 mm. — 4-0 mm.; female, 37-2 mm., + 2-5 mm. — 4-2 mm. Head: Greenish yellow marked with dark reddish brown and invested with pale golden pubescence which is densest in depressed areas; very slightly wider than pronotum and with a sulcus on either side of median just exterior to each 262 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA lateral ocellus. Vertex of frons dark reddish brown with a yellowish green median groove which extends down the front as far as the clypeus, Ocelli greenish yellow vitreous, almost equidistant; anterior in line with fore margin of eyes. Antennae dark brownish black. Frons (excepting vertex) yellowish green, the interstitial grooves fairly densely invested with pale golden pubescence. Transverse ridges ten in number, well and evenly defined; clypeus black with lateral margins sometimes narrowly greenish, thickly covered with pale golden pubescence, two thirds length of frons; labrum pale yellowish green, smooth, planate laterally; labium pale yellowish green with a dark median longitudional very narrow groove anteriorly; genae pale yellowish green with a large dark brown central marking varying in size in individuals, and covered with long pale golden pubescence. Eyes opalescent dark reddish brown, orbits fringed with pale golden pubescence. Thorax: Width (average) 15-5 mm., dark reddish brown; pronotum with three deep sulci on each side of median; a median greenish yellow longitudional marking extends from anterior margin for three quarters of length; posterior marginal band reddish brown, transverse, striate; exterior margins finely carinate. Mesonotum dark reddish brown, a small triangular darker brown marking on either side of median anteriorly; lateral margins fringed with pale golden pubescence; cruciform elevation slightly paler reddish brown tinged yellowish green, its anterior depression with golden pubescence posterior with pale golden. Anterior portion of metasternum with a shining black area on each side of median. Metanotum pale yellowish green, transverse, almost linear, densely clothed with pale golden pubescence. Wings: Anterior, average length, male, 49.7 mm., width, 15-9 mm., female, 48.4 mm., 15 mm. Clear vitreous, veins reddish brown, area between C and R, R and R2, yellowish green; cross veins between R3 and R4 + 5, R4+5 and MI and in their angles, bordered infuscate brown; cell at base between R and Cu2 yellowish green in basal half. Posterior, average length, male, 28-5 mm., width, 15-2 mm., female, 28-7 mm., 15-2 mm. Clear vitreous, veins pale yellowish brown, anal cell opalescent white excepting apical portion; veins 1A, 2A, also margined opalescent white, widest basally. Legs yellowish green with dark brown and dull black markings, most extensive on anterior pair; moderately clothed with very fine pale golden (almost silvery) pubescence, Anterior pair with tibiae and tarsi, middle pair with distal of tibiae and tarsi, dark brown; posterior tibiae and tarsi (excepting terminal claws), pale yellowish green. Anterior femora with two brownish sharp pointed spines of which the anterior is the larger; posterior tibiae normally with six brown spines, three along inner and three along outer sides; on the latter the first just anterior to half way, the other two close together near distal, on the former the first at one third, others equidistantly spaced between it and distal. This is a variable character, but most constant in males; some however exhibit four spines on the inner row. Females frequently have three spines on the outer row and four on the inner, very rarely five. Occasionally specimens are found in which the total number of spines differs on each posterior tibia. Abdomen: Dark brownish red with greenish suffusion across posterior margins of segments, lightly pubescent, last two or sometimes three, segments with white tomentum. Tympanal sacs white, extending laterally to fifth abdominal segment; opercula small, white, interior margins widely separated, interior angles rounded, exterior openly so. Underside of abdomen greenish yellow with median areas of segments black; lateral expansions covered with REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA 263 white tomentum. In the female the dorso-lateral and lateral areas of the first two abdominal segments are covered with white tomentum, and the black areas on the ventral surface are more restricted. Specimens from Rockhampton and Bowen are slightly smaller than those from southern Queensland and New South Wales and are lighter in colour, and show less infuscation bordering the cross veins in the anterior wings. Type? Arunta interclusa (Walker). Thopha n. sp. Walker, 1851.—List Hom. Br. Mises, beds e Thopha interclusa Walker, 1858.—Ibid. Suppl.: 5. UT NE: imterclusa Stal, 1866.—Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 10: Hencopsaltria interclusa Goding and Froggatt, 1904.—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 99: 516. Arunta interclusa Distant, 1906.—Syn. Cat. Hom., I.: 27. Arunta flava Ashton, 1912.—Roec. Aust. Mus., 9s S9. PL figs. 1-2. Arunta interclusa Distant, 1919.—Proc. Linn. Soc. N IN 37: 600. Arunta interclusa Ashton, 1914.—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. A ust., 38: 346. Arunta interclusa Ashton, 1921.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (N.S.), 39; 90. This pretty species is more local than perulata, and much more abundant in some seasons than others, From information supplied, and in the writer's experience, it is found nearly always on Mangrove trees, rarely on other trees growing amongst Mangroves along the fringes of estuaries where tidal influence is felt. At Mackay, North Queensland, the writer captured specimens from Mangrove trees which at full tide had at least. two feet of water covering their roots. It is an easy insect to capture, and usually rests at from six to eight feet from the ground. Females are very much scarcer than males, the ratio being about 40 males for every female captured. A. interclusa is confined to the tropical and sub-tropical estuarine areas of northern New South Wales and Queensland, the range (in the writer’s experience) being from the Richmond River in the former State to Mackay, Queensland. A single specimen (female) from Kuranda N.Q., in the collection of the S.A. Museum, was examined by the writer. It would not be collected from Man- groves as they do not occur there, the nearest being about four miles distant in a straight line, 264 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA Average Body Length: Male, 30-5 mm. + 2:0 mm., — 3:2 mm., female 239.5 mm. + 1:5 mm. — 3-0 mm. Head: Greenish yellow with dull black markings and silvery pubescence in depressions; slightly wider than pronotum; a median groove from anterior ocellus to posterior margin, and another shallow groove exterior to each lateral ocellus. Vertex of frons black with a shallow median groove which opens out into a wide groove extending down the front of the frons to the clypeus. Ocelli greenish-orange vitreous, almost equidistant, anterior in line with fore margin of eyes. Antennae black. Frons, (excepting vertex) greenish yellow suffused brownish; median groove and furrows between transverse ridges invested with silvery pubescence; ridges ten in number, clearly defined. Clypeus yellowish green with basal portion dark brown, clothed with silvery pubescence. Labrum yellowish green; labium yellowish green, very finely grooved longitudionally, brown, apex brownish. Genae black with exterior margins yellowish green; carinate, thickly invested with long silvery pubescence. Eyes opalescent reddish brown, orbits fringed with silvery pubescence. Thorax: Width, (average) 14 mm., yellowish green, sculptured; pronotum with two blackish sulci on either side of median, a slightly lighter coloured median patch bordered black extending from anterior margin for three quarters of length; posterior marginal band wide, greenish yellow, transverse, very finely striate; exterior margins slightly paler in colour. Mesonotum yellowish green, a small triangular blackish patch, edged light brown, on each side of median anteriorly, exterior to these a much larger similarly coloured patch extending to two thirds; a median black marking arising between the two small dorsal patches and extending to anterior face of cruciform elevation; this, and lateral margins clothed with silvery pubescence. Cruciform elevation pale yellowish green; smooth apically and with a minute longitudional groove along its apex. Anterior portion of mesonotum with a brownish area on each side of median. Metanotum pale yellowish green, almost linear, finely silvery pubescent. Wings: Anterior, average length, male, 40-4 mm., width, 13-6 mm., female, 38 mm., 14:25 mm. Clear vitreous, veins greenish yellow, area between C and R, R and R2, greenish; cell at base between R and Cu2 greenish in basal half. Posterior, average length, male, 23-8 mm., width, 12-5 mm., female, 22 mm., 11-7 mm. Clear vitreous, veins greenish yellow, 3a, 2A, and basal portion of Cul edged opalescent greenish white, 3A broadly so basally, others less so. Legs, pale yellowish green, clothed with very fine silvery pubescence; anterior tibiae and tarsi brownish, middle and posterior femora suffused brownish, terminal claws black. Anterior femora with two small sharp teeth, the distal longest and tipped black. Posterior tibiae normally with six spines; three on the outer side, the first at half way, others equidistant to distal; three on the inner side, the first at one quarter, others almost equidistant to distal, As in the preceding species this character is variable and specimens of both sexes may exhibit three spines on the outer row and four on the inner. Rarely individuals are met with in which the total number of spines differs on each posterior tibia. Abdomen: Black with posterior margins of segments greenish yellow and silvery pubescent; terminal segments suffused greenish, pre-apical segment thickly tomentose white. Tympanal sacs pure white, extending laterally to fifth abdominal segment; operculae small, recurved outwards: interior margins », widely separated, interior angles rounded; exterior openly so. Underside of REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA 265 abdomen greenish yellow with median areas of segments black; lateral expansions and segmental margins silvery pubescent. In the female the abdomen is greenish brown densely overlaid with silvery pubescence; under- side as in the male but lighter in colour. Type, Brit. Mus. Type of A. flava Ashton, Aust. Mus. ARUNTA INTERMEDIA Ashton. Arunta intermedia Ashton, 1921, Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict., 33: 91. Apparently three specimens only (one male and two females) of this species have been collected, taken on Cape York Peninsula by the late H. G. Elgner. These specimens were included in the Howard Ashton eolleetion which is now in the Australian Museum, Sydney. Unfortunately much of the material in this valuable collection was destroyed before it was received by the Australian Museum, and the single male and. one female of this Species were lost. Through the courtesy of Dr. Evans and the late Mr. Musgrave of the above Museum, I have been privileged to study the single remaining female. Body length: 34:5 mm, Head: Greenish yellow with black frontal markings and fine pale golden pubescence densest in depressions; slightly wider than pronotum, vertex with a median “ V ” shaped groove from anterior ocellus to posterior margin; exterior to each lateral ocellus another groove extending almost from posterior margin to the frons. Vertex of frons black with pale golden pubescence, deeply cleft medianally from posterior margin to clypeus. Ocelli yellowish orange vitreous, almost equidistant, anterior behind anterior margin of eyes. First antennal segment brownish black, remaining segments missing from specimen. Frons (excepting vertex) yellowish brown suffused greenish darkening to brown in front; with ten well defined transverse ridges invested with pale golden pubescence. Clypeus brownish shading to brownish yellow near labium, pale golden pubescent; slightly keeled medianally and longitudionally, devoid of pubescence on keel Labrum yellowish, grooved longitudionally; labium yellowish, shading to brownish yellow at apex, grooved longitudionally. Genae densely covered with pale golden pubescence completely excluding basal colouration. Eyes opalescent reddish brown; orbits pale golden, pubescent posteriorly. Thorax: Width 13.5 mm., brownish yellow with black markings, not strongly sculptured; pronotum with two black sulci on either side of midline, a lighter median patch bordered black from anterior margin to three quarters, posterior marginal band finely striate transversely, paler in colour. Mesonotum yellowish brown, tinged greenish, pale golden pubescent along anterior and lateral margins; a small triangular black marking on each side of midline anteriorly, another interrupted black patch broadest anteriorly on each side and extending as far as cruciform elevation; a median narrow black marking from near anterior margin to cruciform elevation; the latter yellowish green, smooth, pale golden pubescent in anterior and lateral depressions, Metanotum yellowish green with pale golden pubescence, 6259 /60.—18 266 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA Wings: Anterior, length, 45 mm., width, 14 mm., clear vitreous with all veins brownish yellow; cross veins between R3, R4 + 5, and MI edged pale brown infuscation; basal cell partly infuscate yellowish. Posterior, length 23 mm., width, 12:5 mm., clear vitreous, all veins yellowish brown excepting 3A which is dark brown; this and 2A basally bordered white. Legs yellowish green with brownish markings on distal portion of femora; tarsi brownish yellow, terminal claws (where present) tipped black. Posterior tibiae with eight spines; three on outer side, of which two are near distal and the other very small at one third; five on inner side, first opposite anterior small spine of outer side, second just before half way, third just beyond, fourth and fifth close together near distal. Anterior femora with two small sharp teeth; anterior the larger, directed forwards, posterior darker, directed outwards. Abdomen: Yellowish brown with pale golden pubescence, a black marking on each side of terminal segment. Underside paler, segment 5—8 each with a central black marking. Syntype: Australian Museum, Sydney. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. The writer wishes to thank the following for loan of specimens and generous assistance in obtaining material for study. Dr. J. A. Evans and the late Mr. A. Musgrave of the Australian Museum, Sydney; Mr. H. Hale and Mr. G. Gross of the South Australian Museum; Mr. G. Mack of the Queensland Museum; Dr. T. E. Woodward of Department of Entomology, University of Queensland; the late Mr. F. E. Wilson, honorary worker in entomology National Museum of Victoria; Dr. John Kerr of Brisbane; and Mr. F. Dodd of Coramba, New South Wales. REFERENCES. Ashton, J. H., (1912).—Records Australian Museum, 9: 76, Pl. 7, figs. 1-2. Ashton, J. H., (1914).—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 38: 346. Ashton, J. H., (1921).—Proc. roy. Soc. Vict. (N.S.), 33: 90, 91. Distant, W. L., (1904).—4Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7), 14: 302. Distant, W. L., (1906).—" Syn. Cat. Hom.", 1: 27. Distant, W. L., (1912).—" Genera Insectorum," 142: 21. Froggatt, W. W., (1907).—'' Australian Insects ": 349. Goding, F. W. and Froggatt, W. W., (1904).—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 29: 575, 576. Walker, F., (1851).—‘‘ List Homoptera British Museum," Pl. 1, fig. 6, and Supplement: 5. REVISION OF GENUE ARUNTA 267 PLATE 1, Fra. 1.—Arunta interclusa, male. 2.—Arunta interclusa, female. 3.—Arunta intermedia, female. 4.—Arunta perulata, male. 268 REVISION OF GENUS ARUNTA AN Burns FIG. l.—Arunta perulata (male), frons. 2.—Arunta perulata (male), anterior femur. 3.—Arunta tnterclusa. (male), frons. 4.—Arunta intermedia (female), frons. 5.—Arunta interclusa (female), operculum, 6. 7.—Arunta interclüsa (male), operculum, Arunta intermedia (female), operculum, PLATE 2. FIG. 8.—Arunat intermedia (female), anterior femur, 9,—Arunta perulata (male), posterior tibia, 10.—Arunta intermedia (female), posterior tibia. ll.—Arunta interclusa (male), posterior tibia, 12.—Arunta perulata (male), operculum, 13.—Arunta interclusa (male), anterior femur. REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA 269 REVISION OF THE GENUS THOPHA AMYOT AND SERVILLE CICADIDAE, DIVISION THOPHARIA HOMOPTERA-HEMIPTERA By A. N. Burns M.Sc., F.R.E.S., Curator of Insects, National Museum of Victoria ABSTRACT This genus erected by Amyot and Serville (1843) contains four species one of which (saccata) has been known for over 150 years. Prior to 1904 the genus contained four species, but in that year Distant erected the genus Arunta to which he transferred two species. In 1907 and 1910 respectively Distant added two more species to Thopha bringing the total back to four species. The main differences between Arunta and Thopha have already been set out under Arunta, it should be added however that in Thopha the eyes are strongly pedunculate. Two of the species rank probably as the two largest cicadas in Australia, and they are similar in size and pattern of markings, INTRODUCTION The geographical distribution of the genus is interesting, two species (saccata and sessiliba) occur near the coast where the rainfall exceeds thirty inches a year, it is possible also that nigricans occurs in a region of similar rainfall, but colorata is definitely a dry country species; saccata is found in eucalyptus forest in a wide coastal strip from a little south of Sydney to some distance north of Brisbane, and at Mareeba on the Atherton Tableland. Sessiliba has a coastal as well as inland range of distribution being found in savannah forest; it ranges from southern Queensland (Gatton, Brisbane) along the coast of northern Australia to Wyndham, and in inland districts ranging from the Northern Territory (coastal) to Batehelor and Tennants Creek to Mundiwindi in Western Australia. Both species are at times very abundant, and are referred to as *'* Double Drummers ” on account of the loudness and penetrating qualities of their song. They seem to prefer eucalyptus and angophora trees, and often climb to the uppermost branches of high trees especially if the weather is sunny. In warm dull weather how- ever specimens may often be taken from the trunks of both large and small trees at heights only a few feet from the ground. T. colorata has an interesting range of distribution which appears mainly to follow a strip running across the continent from near Alice Springs to Carnarvon on the coast of Western Australia. I have been informed that it frequents fairly large trees, mainly eucalyptus. For information about T. nigricans I am indebted to Mr. Izzard of the British Museum (Natural History) for figure and structural details. REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA 271 THOPHA COLORATA Distant. Thopha colorata Distant, 1907.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 20: 411. Thopha colorata Ashton, 1914.—Trans. Hoy. Soc. S. Aust., 38: 246. Thopha colorata Ashton, 1921.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (N.S.), 33: 89. This species is apparently not rare but rather loeal and is a dry country cicada, All specimens examined by the writer came from Alice Springs, Hermannsburg, and Carnarvon W.A., and label data indicates that it is an early summer species, November and December. Average body length, male, 38-6 mm., female, 38-2 mm.; maximum of specimens examined, males, (I2) 42. mm., females, (3) 89- mm.; minimum, males, 37- mm., females, 37-5 mm. Head yellowish brown with a black transverse bar between eyes enclosing ocelli, sculptured with numerous longitudional grooves, a median sulcus from anterior ocellus to posterior margin. Frons black with yellowish brown vertex, front with a wide median, longitudional groove, normally ten transverse ridges visible, interstitial depressions with very short greyish pubescence. Ocelli garnet vitreous, not equidistant, anterior in midline of eyes. Genae black, lightly invested with fine greyish pubescence. Antennae black; clypeus black, keeled longitudionally, half length of frons; labrum brown, sides planate; labium brownish black, grooved medianally and longitudionally. Eyes opalescent reddish brown, orbits not pubescent. Thorax, average width 17 mm., yellowish brown; pronotum faintly sculptured, unicolorous with exterior margins edged black; three sulci on either side of median, posterior marginal band wide, transversely striate; mesonotum yellowish brown with black markings, anterior margins finely golden pubescent; close to median on each side a small triangular black marking anteriorly, dorso laterally another “7” shaped marking from anterior margin to external angle of cruciform elevation, and a black dorsal marking in its interior angle narrowing to a point at anterior margin. Cruciform elevation yellowish brown with a black median longitudional line, angles lightly silvery pubescent. Metanotum reddish brown. Wings, anterior, average length, male, 48-1 mm., width, 16-8 mm.; female, 48.2 mm., 16-8 mm. Clear vitreous, veins yellowish brown excepting costal which is brownish black. Posterior, male, 28-0 mm., 13-0 mm.; female, 27-5 mm., 12-5 mm. Clear vitreous with veins yellowish brown; 2A and 3A bordered brownish orange. Legs brown, unicolorous, lightly clothed with fine short silvery pubescence. Anterior femora with two sharply pointed spines of about equal size; posterior tibiae with five spines; three on inner side, the proximal at middle, third near distal, second just beyond half way between; two on outer side and approximately opposite one and three of inner row. Underside of thorax yellowish brown mid- ventrally, yellowish laterally, dusted with white tomentum. 270 REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA SUMMARY OF EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY. General: Very large insects with robust bodies of which the length is a little over twice the width; the anterior wings approximately one and a quarter times body length. Body reddish brown or yellowish brown marked mainly with black, tympanal sacs very large but not covered with white tomentum. Wings clear vitreous, head sculptured, almost devoid of pubescence, slightly wider than pronotum, eyes pedunculate, ocelli small and grouped closely together, distance between two posterior almost twice that between anterior and each posterior, frons rather weakly and obtusely convex, grooved in front, rostrum extending to posterior coxae. Thorax with width of pronotum twice its length, sculptured, three sulci on either side of median, posterior margin well developed, very slightly concave, mesonotum almost smooth, cruciform elevation clearly but not strongly developed, rounded apically, metanotum only partly visible dorsally. Anterior femora not strongly developed, bearing two sharply pointed spines. Posterior tibiae normally with five or six spines; length of anterior wings just exceeding three times their width; of posterior, twice. Abdomen smooth, slightly pubescent dorsally on first three segments, sparingly on medians, fairly dense 7-9. Operculae small, (slightly larger than in Arunta) interior margins separated, exterior recurved; tympanal sacs very large and extending laterally almost to segment four. Remaining abdominal segments compressed. Measurements of each species are given with description. Genotype: Tettigonia saccata Fabr. 1802, ** Syst. Rhyng.” : 34-9. Key to the species of Thopha. 1. Wings clear vitreous, eyes pedunculate, head wider than pronotum, tympanal sacs (males) extending laterally almost to fourth abdominal segment Js ". hy. ie IE. 2. (I) Head with a black transverse band between eyes enclosing ocelli; anterior to this a yellowish brown transverse band of similar width; frons (excepting vertex), genae, and ventral surface of head, DIAC s cel EET Fee. au a, IRL Tre een oe TORTE ERROR GOTO DLE Head and frons not banded transversely, ocglli almost equidistant and same colour as head, vitreous .. A n ir lea: 3. (1) Head, including frons, uniform deep purplish brown, posterior tibiae with six spines (male) M ii 4s Bo ste ea ILSMouns Head not of uniform colour, ocelli not same colour as head .. 4 4. (I) Head black, a narrow interrupted yellowish brown band across front, a similar band across back of head, ocelli small, dark red vilreous-,7 ac ip 08 08 X NO UEM Re Inc LRL E ocr Head not black or unicolorous, ocelli not equidistant and of same colour as vertex of head .. ^ i. "T Qe 3 9. (I) Head reddish brown with light plum coloured suffusion, a pale yellowish transverse band across front, legs unicolorous with tympanal- SACS o cea Am OTT INNER ICONES 272 REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA Abdomen black with pre-anal segment thickly invested with white tomentum; tympanal sacs brown, extending laterally almost to fourth segment; opercula pale yellowish brown, interior margins fairly widely separated, interior angles acutely rounded, exterior openly so. Underside of abdomen brownish black with some white tomentum along base of tympanal sacs and on ventral angles of sternites. Type: British Museum. THOPHA NIGRICANS Distant. Thopha nigricans Distant, 1910.—Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., 54: 415. An apparently rare or local species recorded by Distant (1910) as being allied to 7. sessiliba, but recorded as differing from that species by the shorter and broader abdomen, strongl pedunculate eyes, and black head and thorax. I am indebted to Mr. R. J. Izzard of the British Museum (Natural History) for structural details and figure of this cicada. He expresses the opinion with which I agree, that this species is a colour variety of T. sessiliba. It is recorded only from North Queensland, the precise locality not being given. Body length, male, 43 mm., female, 41 mm.; two specimens only examined. Head uniformly deep purplish brown, slightly darker in the male; wider than pronotum. Ocelli purplish brown vitreous, almost equidistant; antennae deep purplish brown. Frons unicolorous with head and showing nine visible transverse ridges (both sexes); genae purplish brown, invested with greyish pubescence. Labrum brown, slightly over half length of frons; labium brown; eyes opalescent brown. Thorax, width, male, 18 mm., female 18 mm.; pronotum deep purplish brown, three sulci on either side of median, grooves and depressions pubescent, greyish. Mesonotum deep purplish brown, slightly pubescent in female, not so in male, excepting in grooves and sulci. Cruciform elevation purplish brown with greyish pubescence in depressed areas. Wings, anterior, length, male, 56 mm., width, 19 mm.; female, 56 mm., 17 mm.; clear vitreous with veins brownish yellow. Posterior, length, male, 31 mm., width, 14 mm.; female, 30 mm., 15 mm.; clear vitreous with veins light brown. Legs purplish brown of same shade as body in both sexes. Anterior femora with two rather sharp spines about equal in size, the first at proximal third, other at distal third; posterior tibiae (male) with six spines, three on inner margin, three on outer; female with five spines, three on inner margin, two on outer. Abdomen deep purplish brown, sparsely pubescent excepting for penultimate tergite which is thickly invested with white tomentum. Tympanal sacs unicolorous with body, extending laterally almost as far as fourth segment; operculae purplish brown, interior margins fairly widely separated, interior angles rather sharply rounded, exterior obtusely so. Underside of abdomen coloured similarly to above, slightly pubescent at junctions of tergites and sternites. REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA 273 It is probable that this species closely resembles T. sessiliba, to which it is allied, in habits. The writer has collected the latter many times in the Cairns area; in some seasons it is very common 1n eucalyptus forest, but over a number of years residence there, he did not encounter T. nigricans. THOPHA SACCATA (Fabricius). Tettigonia saccata Fabricius, 1803.—'* Syst. Rhyng.” : 349. Cicada saccata Germar, 1830.—In Thon.“ Ent. Arch.” (2) +5, 5. Cicada saccata Guérin, 1838.—Mag. Zool., 9: 80, pl. 238. Thopha saccata Amyot and Serville, 1843.—'* Hist. Hem." : 471. Thopha saccata Stal, 1869, ** Hem. Fabr." 2: 6, 1. Thopha saccata Froggatt, 1903.—Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 14: 340, 419 fig. 3. Thopha saccata Goding and Froggatt, 1904.—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 29: 571. Thopha saccata Distant, 1906.—'* Syn. Cat. Hom.’’, 1: 26. Thopha saccata Froggatt, 1907.—'* Australian Insects”: 348, fig. 154. Thopha saccata Jarvis, 1912.—Qld. Nat. : 229-232. Thopha saccata Ashton, 1914.—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 38: 346. Thopha saccata Ashton, 1921.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (N.S.), 33: 89. Thopha saccata Musgrave, 1926.—Aust. Mus. Mag., 2: 405, figs. Thopha saccata Tillyard, 1926.—'* Insects of Australia and New Zealand ’’: 162. Thopha saccata McKeown, 1942.—'* Australian Insects ’’: 98. A very pretty cicada and one of, if not the largest species in Australia. It is a very well known insect which ranges along the coastal strip from a little south of Sydney to some distance north of Brisbane, also at Mareeba, N orth Queensland. On account of the loudness and penetrating qualities of its song, it has for many years been commonly known as ‘‘ The Double Drummer". It is very abundant in certain seasons, especially 274 REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA in localized areas between Sydney and Brisbane where it favours fairly open eucalyptus forest with angophoras and tristanias intermixed, In hot weather it seeks the higher branches of tall trees, but in warm dull weather or showery weather it is not uncommon to find many specimens on tree trunks a few feet from the ground. Average body length, male, 47-5 mm.; female, 51-2 mm.; maximum of specimens examined, males, (8) 50:0 mm., females, (7) 52.5 mm.; minimum, males, 42-0 mm., females, 47-5. Head wider than pronotum, deep black, sculptured, an interrupted transverse narrow pale brownish band across vertex just posterior to ocelli; another narrower similar interrupted band across front and vertex of frons; a short median sulcus from anterior ocellus to posterior margin. Frons deep black with a few fine long greyish hairs on lateral margins, widely and openly depressed in front, a short groove at anterior angle of vertex; normally ten transverse ridges visible. Ocelli garnet vitreous, not quite equidistant, anterior slightly in front of eyes. Genae black with very light investment of fine grey pubescence, lateral margins carinate, pale brown. Antennae black. Clypeus black, with a median longitudional keel, slightly more than half length of frons; labrum dark brown, planate laterally, with a median longitudional groove; labium brownish black, grooved as labrum. Eyes opalescent dark brown slightly tinged reddish. Thorax, average width, 20 mm.; light to dark fuscous with black markings. Pronotum with three sulci on each side of median, the raised areas between with vermiculate sculpturing; anterior margins of these areas, black; posterior marginal band wide, faintly transversely striate. _Mesonotum slightly paler than pronotum, finely silvery pubescent on lateral margins; two black spots anteriorly on each side of median, the inner pair to one third, outer “7” shaped and almost reaching anterior arms of cruciform elevation; a small elongate central median black spot, and a black dot near base of anterior angles of cruciform elevation, Cruciform elevation fuscous, its posterior lateral areas with four transverse grooves. Metanotum dark brown. Wings, anterior, average length, male, 60-2 mm., width, 20-9 mm.; female, 62-2 mm., 21-4 mm.; clear vitreous with veins pale fuscous, sub-costal darker basally, 14 brownish black. Posterior, average length, male, 34-1 mm., width, 19-1 mm.; female, 34.9 mm., 19-6 mm.; clear vitreous with veins slightly paler, area 3A faintly translucent whitish. Legs dark brown, finely pubescent grey, anterior coxae and proximal portion of femora with black opaque markings; anterior femora with two small spines of about equal size; posterior tibiae normally with five spines, three on inner margin, the proximal half way, median half way between to distal, third near distal; two on outer margin being almost opposite proximal and distal of inner margin. Underside of thorax dark reddish brown, with very fine silvery pubescence. Abdomen, dark reddish brown, segments one and two black dorsally, three partly so, and remainder with a median black spot; some scattered short silvery pubescence dorso-laterally. Tympanal sacs dark reddish brown, extending laterally almost to fourth segment. Operculae brownish black, interior margins widely separated, interior angles sharply rounded, exterior broadly so. Underside of abdomen as above, intersegmental margins narrowly darker, junction first and second segment and base of opercula, and immediate junctions of tergites and sclerites segments three to eight dusted with white pubescence, REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA 275 This cicada is larger and more stoutly built and the markings darker than T. sessiliba to which it bears a superficial resemblance. It is fairly constant in colour and pattern of markings; sometimes however females are met with which are darker in colour with the markings obscure or some even absent ; such specimens are always more densely pubescent than normal ones, especially on the underside. Amongst the many specimens examined are two females and one male from Mareeba, North Queensland; the male is smaller than southern examples and has the ground colour dark brownish-black with the markings obscure and the sub-costal vein of the anterior wings brownish- black from base to apex; the females are almost normal in size, brownish-black; sub-costal veins as in the male, and generally more pubescent than normal southern specimens. T. saccata does not appear to extend its range northwards on the coast much further than Brisbane; Mareeba is over 1,000 miles north of Brisbane and about 2,000 feet above sea level with eucalyptus forest; the altitude gives it a climate similar to that of Brisbane including that of rainfall (49-50 inches average) though Kuranda, only 22 miles distant on the edge of the tableland, has about 90 inches. Type: ? THOPHA SESSILIBA Distant. Thopha sessiliba Distant, 1892.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 9: 314. Thopha stentor Buckton, 1898—The Home Univ. Mag. &e. (Haslemere), 1: 37. Thopha sessiliba Goding and Froggatt, 1904.—Proc. Linn. Soc. — N.S.W., 29: 512. Thopha sessiliba Distant, 1906.—'* Syn. Cat. Hom.’’, 1: 26. T hopha sessiliba Froggatt, 1907.—"* Australian Insects ”’: 349. Thopha sessiliba Distant, 1912.—'* Gen. Ins." 142: 21, pl. 3, figs. 174, 17B, 17c. Thopha sessiliba Ashton, 1914.—T'rans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 36: 346. Thopha sessiliba Ashton, 1921.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (N.S.), 33: Je Thopha sessiliba Tillyard, 1926.—“ Insects of Australia and New Zealand ”: 162. 276 REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA This species, as mentioned previously, ranges from near Brisbane through coastal northern Queensland and the Northern Territory to Wyndham, and some inland districts as far as Mundiwindi in Western Australia. It is very doubtful if the habitat, Sydney given by Distant (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) : 315, 1892) is correct. The song of this cicada is loud and penetrating but not as much so as that of T. saccata. In some seasons it is very abundant in eucalyptus forest near Cairns, and on parts of the Atherton Tableland. Average body length, male, 45-6 mm.; female, 45-6 mm.; maximum of specimens examined, males (7), 46-5 mm., females (6), 50-0 mm.; minimum, males, 44-0 mm., females, 43-5 mm. Head wider than pronotum, brown with a light purplish tinge; grooved longitudionally, the median groove being deepest, depressions dusted fine golden pubescence; a creamy yellow transverse band across front including vertex of frons, another obscure similar interrupted band across vertex of head extending almost to each eye. Frons coloured as head, a faint median groove at anterior vertical angle, lateral margins fringed with long golden fine hairs; normally ten transverse ridges visible. Ocelli purplish brown vitreous, not equidistant, anterior well in front of eyes, Genae concolorous with frons, finely golden pubescent, lateral margins carinate, narrowly edged creamy yellow. Antennae dark brownish. Clypeus concolorous with frons, palely golden pubescent; about half length of frons, with median longitudional keel. Labrum pale brown, sides planate, grooved as labrum; labium pale brown, darker laterally, grooved as labium. Eyes opalescent brown tinged purplish. Thorax, average width 18:5 mm.; brown with purplish tinge and yellowish brown markings. Pronotum paler than mesonotum and with three sulci on each side of median, slightly sculptured, depressions finely silvery pubescent; a central darker marking from anterior margin to posterior marginal band which is pale yellowish brown and finely striate transversely, Lateral margins narrowly dark brown. Mesonotum dark brown suffused purplish, a pale brown narrow triangular marking on each side of median from anterior margin to cruciform elevation; exterior margin thickly pubescent, pale golden. Cruciform elevation pale yellowish brown; pubescent in anterior and lateral depressions, the latter with (normally) four transverse grooves. Metanotum dark purplish brown. Wings, anterior, average length, male, 58-6 mm., width, 20-6 mm.; female, 57-2 mm., 20-3 mm. Clear vitreous with veins brownish; posterior, average length, male, 34-3 mm., width, 17-8 mm.; female 32-1 mm., 17-5 mm.; clear vitreous with veins paler yellowish brown, area 3A very faintly translucent whitish. Legs concolorous with mesonotum and tympanal sacs, very finely silvery pubescent. Anterior femora paler along ventral and with two small spines of nearly equal size; posterior tibiae normally with five spines, three on inner margin, the proximal at half way, second half way from proximal to distal, third almost at distal; two on outer margin, the first just beyond half way between median and distal of inner margin, second just anterior to distal of inner margin. Underside of thorax reddish brown almost obscured with white tomentum. Abdomen, dark brown with purplish suffusion, segments one and two silvery pubescent dorsally, others with scattered pubescence dorsally on REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA 277 segments seven and eight. Tympanal sacs coloured as abdomen, extending laterally almost to fourth segment, Opercula greyish brown, interior margins widely separated, interior angles almost equally rounded, exterior obtusely so. Underside of abdomen paler than upperside, junctions of tergites and sternites silvery pubescent and a faint dusting on intersegmental margins of segments three to seven inclusive. Type: British Museum. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. Sincere thanks are extended to the following persons who sent material on loan for study or sent specimens to the author. I would specially thank Mr. R. J. Izzard of the Department of Entomology at the British Museum (Natural History) London for loan of specimens, photographs and data generously supplied; Mr. H. M. Hale and Mr. G. Gross of the South Australian Museum; Dr. D. Ride of the Western Australian Museum; Dr. T. E. Woodward, Department of Entomology, University of Queensland; Dr. A. R. Woodhill, Department of Zoology, University of Sydney, (Types from the Macleay Museum) ; the late Mr. F. E. Wilson, Honorary Entomologist, National Museum of Victoria; Mr. J. G. Brooks, Cairns, North Queensland; Mr. J. L. Wassell Coen, North Queensland; Dr. John Kerr, Brisbane, Queensland; and Mr. C. King, Brisbane, Queensland. REFERENCES. Ashton, J. H., (1914).—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 38: 346. Ashton, J. H., (1921).—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (N.S.), 33: 89. Distant, W. L., (1892).—Ann. Mag. Nat Hist. (6), 9: 314. Distant, W. L., (1906).—' Syn. Cat. Hom.", I: 26. Distant, W. L., (1907).—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 20: 411. Distant, W. L., (1910).—Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 54: 515. Distant, W. L., (1912).—‘‘ Genera Insectorum ”, 142: 21, pl. 3, figs. 17A, 17B, 17c. Froggatt, W. W., (1903).—Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 14: 340, 419, fig. 3. Froggatt, W. W., (1907).—" Australian Insects ": 848, fig. 154. Goding, F. W. and Froggatt, W. W., (1904).—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 29: Dl, 572. Jarvis, E., (1912).—Queensland Naturalist: 229-232. McKeown, K. W., (1942).—" Australian Insects ": 95. Musgrave, A., (1926).—Australian Museum Magazine, 2: 405, figs. Tillyard, R. J., (1926).—" Insects of Australia and New Zealand": 162. 278 REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA Piata ?. 1.—Thopha colorata, male. 2.—Thopha saccata, male. 3.—Thopha sessiliba, male. 4.—Thopha nigricans, male. Fia. 1.—Thopha 2.—Thopha 3.—Thopha 4.—Thopha 5.—Thopha 6.—Thopha REVISION OF GENUS THOPHA 279 em 1 EA IET ct tt eG TE sessiliba (male), frons. saccata (male), operculum. colorata (male), operculum. colorata (male), frons. sessiliba (male), operculum. saccata (male), frons. AN Burns Fie. 7.—Thopha colorata (male), anterior femur. 8.—Thopha saccata (male), anterior femur. 9.—Thopha sessiliba (male), anterior femur. 10.—Thepha saccata (male), posterior tibia. 11.—Thopha colorata (male), posterior tibia. 12.—Thopha sessiliba, (male) posterior tibia. By Authority: A. C. Brooks, Government Printer, Melbourne. "LR "e pora Et ^ Li